Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Infrastructure / S4 Capital

S4 Capital

sfor · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker sfor
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Infrastructure
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · S4 Capital
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
S

4

C

a

p

i

t

a

l

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

0

Seize the 
decade

wth

S4Capital plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our mission

To create a new age/new era 
digital marketing solution, 
which disrupts analogue 
models, by embracing data, 
content and digital media in 
an always-on environment for 
global, multinational, regional 
and local clients and for 
millennial-driven brands.

Contents

1

Strategic Report
7   Letter to shareowners
14   ESG: sustainability and 
corporate responsibility
26  Section 172(i) statement
31  Principal risks and uncertainties

3

Life in the  
new decade
46  Twenty on the 20s

2

4

Industry outlook
39   Resilience, recovery, acceleration 

by Sir Martin Sorrell

Governance and 
financial statements
51  Governance Report  
51  Leadership
51  Board of Directors
56   Executive Chairman’s 
governance statement

58  The role of the Board
62   Report of the Audit and 

Risk Committee

64   Report of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee

70  Remuneration Report
87  Directors’ report
93  Financial statements
149 Shareowner information

www.s4capital.com/annualreport20

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

1

Financial highlights

Billings1

£653.4m

+43.4% 
Like-for-like3 19.6%

Revenue

£342.7m

+59.3%
Like-for-like 15.2%

Gross profit

£295.2m

+72.3%
Like-for-like +19.4%

Operational EBITDA4

£62.2m

+86.1%
Like-for-like +18.3%

Operational EBITDA margin5

+21.1%

+1.6 margin points
Like-for-like -0.2 margin points

Operating profit

£8.1m

2019 -£3.8m

Adjusted operating profit6

£58.0m

+86.0% 
Like-for-like +15.9%

2

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Pro-forma2 billings

£768.4m

+22.3%

Pro-forma revenue

£421.1m

+20.1%

Pro-forma gross profit

£369.0m

+23.7%

Pro-forma operational EBITDA

£85.1m

+30.6%

Pro-forma operational EBITDA margin

23.1%

+1.2 margin points

Pro-forma operating profit

£16.9m

2019 -£1.2m

Pro-forma adjusted operating profit

£80.5m

+29.1% 

Profit before income tax

£3.1m

2019 -£9.2m

Pro-forma profit before income tax

£12.1m

2019 -£6.7m

Adjusted result before income tax7

Pro-forma adjusted result before income tax

£52.9m

+105.2% 
Like-for-like +19.3%

£75.6m

+33.1% 

Adjusted basic earnings per share

Pro-forma adjusted basic earnings per share

7.9p

2019 5.2p

9.8p

2019 7.5p 

Market capitalisation at 28 April 2021

Share price at 28 April 2021

£3.05bn

560p

For full reconciliation from statutory to non-GAAP measures, please refer to Note 25 and the 
unaudited preliminary results published on 25 March 2021.

Notes:

1.  Billings is gross billings to clients including pass-through costs.

2.  Pro-forma numbers relate to unaudited full year non-statutory and non-GAAP consolidated results in constant currency as if the Group had 
existed in full for the year and have been prepared under comparable GAAP with no consolidation eliminations. Consequently the prior year 
comparatives will change year on year.

3.  Like-for-like is a non-GAAP measure related to 2019 being restated to show the unaudited numbers for the previous year of the existing and 

acquired businesses consolidated for the same months as in 2020 applying currency rates as used in 2020. 

4.  Operational EBITDA is EBITDA adjusted for non-recurring items and recurring share-based payments and is a non-GAAP measure 

management uses to assess the underlying business performance. Operational EBITDA margin is operational EBITDA divided by gross profit.

5.  Operational EBITDA margin is operational EBITDA divided by gross profit.

6.  Adjusted operating profit is operating profit/loss adjusted for non-recurring items and recurring share-based payments.

7.  Adjusted result before income tax is profit/loss before income tax adjusted for non-recurring items and recurring share-based payments.

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

3

The shape of our business

people

countries

4,400
31
57
1

locations

unitary structure

Gross profit by region

73%

The Americas

Company locations

S4 offices

From a peanut to a unicorn…

18

May: Formation and initial funding 
of S4Capital plc.
July: Combined with digital content 
production company MediaMonks.
December: Combined with programmatic 
company MightyHive.

4

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020

19

April: Caramel Pictures acquired by MediaMonks.
April: Combination of MightyHive with ProgMedia.
June: Announcement of combination 
of MediaMonks with BizTech.
August: Combination of MediaMonks with IMA.
October: Combination of MediaMonks 
with Firewood Marketing.
October: Combination of MightyHive 
with ConversionWorks.
November: Announcement of combination of 
MediaMonks with WhiteBalance.

Gross profit by practice

72%

Content

28%

Data &
Digital Media

Data &
Digital Media

28%

To Hercules and Perseverance >

Gross profit by region

Gross profit by region

18%

Europe, Middle
East & Africa

Company locations

S4 offices

9%

Asia Pacific

20

January: Announcement of combination of MediaMonks with 
Circus Marketing.
May: Announcement of combination of MightyHive with Digodat.
June: Announcement of combination of MightyHive with Lens10.
July: Announcement of combination of MightyHive with Orca Pacific.
August: Announcement of combination of MightyHive with Brightblue.
September: Announcement of combination of MediaMonks with Dare.
December: Business combinations of MediaMonks with Decoded and 
MightyHive with Metric Theory.

21

January: Announcements of 
combination of MediaMonks with 
TOMORROW and STAUD STUDIOS.
February: MightyHive acquired the 
assets of Datalicious Australia.
March: Announcement of conditional 
agreement to combine MediaMonks 
and Jam3, completed in May.
May: Announcement of agreement 
to combine MightyHive and Racoon.

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

5

Strategic 
Report

7   Letter to shareowners
14   ESG: sustainability and corporate responsibility
26  Section 172(i) statement
31  Principal risks and uncertainties

6

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Letter to shareowners 

By all accounts, 2020 was an unforgettable year. We emerged 
stronger than we’d expected on even our most optimistic scenario.

Dear shareowner
When the pandemic began, we compared 
its impact to that of a wartime recession. 
We were pretty worried when the effects 
began to bite, but we set ourselves a vision 
of how we would come out of it. We ran 
scenarios on various outcomes; we initiated 
a Coronavirus Crisis Group; and we took all 
the steps necessary to keep our people safe. 
We sent a weekly email to all our people, 
which shared everything that had happened 
in the previous seven days: the measures 
we were taking; the ideas people had come 
up with; and the impacts on our business. 
By August 2020 we were back where we’d 
been before the pandemic in terms of top line 
growth. The fabric of the company was intact, 
we had undertaken minimal cost-cutting and 
we had a strong balance sheet.

 A We continued to grow our top line and 

bottom line at industry leading rates and 
exhibited agility in developing new Content 
revenue streams quickly, such as robotic 
production, animation and online events 
and driving Data & Digital Media net 
revenues, particularly in the fourth quarter 
and into 2021. 

 A We broadened and deepened our client 
roster. Significant new business wins 
include assignments from Google, 
Facebook, Amazon, Netflix, Procter & 
Gamble, T-Mobile, Bayer, HP, Cisco, 
Embibe, Harley Davidson, PayPal, LA28, 
Shopify and Verizon amongst others.

 A We continued to broaden and deepen our 

Content and Data & Digital Media practices 
through organic growth and by the addition 
of a further four Content companies and 
six Data & Digital Media companies in both 
2020 and so far in early 2021. 

 A We further integrated our unitary client 
offering around our Content and Data & 
Digital Media practices. Both MediaMonks 
and MightyHive have integrated each 
combination into our Content and Data 
& Digital Media practices and brands 
and we are starting to roll out our unitary 
brand. We already operated as a single 
P&L, pretty much from inception, so as 
to develop and maintain a seamless, fully 
integrated offer for our clients.

 A We embraced the diversity, equity and 
inclusion and ESG opportunities and 
challenges with unique Black-orientated 
fellowship and female executive leadership 
programmes, changed hiring practices and 
education programmes and made zero 
carbon commitments targeting 2024. 

 A We achieved double $ and £ Unicorn 
status in terms of stock market value, 
in only our second full year, while 
strengthening our balance sheet to take 
advantage of short-term opportunities.

 A Our focus on both developing our 
advertising and marketing services 
knowhow and geographical expansion, 
particularly in Asia Pacific, was further 
underlined by the appointment of Miles 
Young, Warden of New College, Oxford 
University as a Non-Executive Director. 
He was at Ogilvy for 35 years, running it 
very successfully for eight years until 2016, 
expanding its footprint aggressively in 
growth areas such as digital content and 
media and Asia Pacific, particularly China 
and India – truly one of David Ogilvy’s 
‘Gentlemen with Brains’. 

7

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1Letter to shareowners continued

We achieved double  
$ and £ Unicorn status  
in terms of stock  
market value, in only  
our second full year

Pride of place for these achievements 
should go to our (now) over 4,400 people 
in 31 countries, who have responded 
unflinchingly to the colossal strain and 
challenge of the pandemic. Their creativity, 
adaptability, resilience and hard work have 
made this success possible and have 
started to prove the potency of our new 

age/new era, digital, data-driven, unitary 
model, which has started to gain significant 
traction. The pandemic has, at the same 
time, accelerated adoption of digital 
transformation amongst consumers, across 
all media and within enterprises and, in turn, 
stimulated the demand from clients for digital 
marketing expertise.

Digital pure play pays off
Watch some of our senior financial and 
growth leaders comment on the financial 
performance across all our markets, 
including the impact of covid-19, and 
taking the lead in the 2020s.

1.  Scott Spirit, Chief Growth Officer,  

S4Capital

2.  Peter Rademaker, Chief Financial Officer, 

S4Capital

3.  Simone van Bijsterveldt, Chief Financial 

Officer, MediaMonks

4.  Jordi Covas, Chief Financial Officer, 

MightyHive

5.  Deepa Balji, Communications Director, 

S4Capital APAC

8

1

2

4

3

5

www.s4capital.com/annualreport20

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial performance 
Our second full financial year was 
outstandingly successful. 

 A Billings1 were £653.4 million, up 43.4% 

reported, up 19.6% like-for-like2 and pro-
forma3 billings £768.4 million, up 22.3%.

 A Revenue was £342.7 million, up 59.3% 

reported from £215.1 million, like-for-like 
up 15.2%, pro-forma up 20.1%.

 A Gross profit was £295.2 million, up 72.3% 
reported from £171.3 million, like-for-like 
up 19.4%, pro-forma up 23.7%.

 A Operational EBITDA4 was £62.2 million, 

up 86.1% reported, like-for-like up 18.3%, 
pro-forma up 30.6%.

 A Operational EBITDA margin was 21.1%, 
up 1.6 margin points on 2019 reported, 
like-for-like down 0.2 margin points,  
pro-forma up 1.2 margin points.

 A Operating profit was £8.1million versus 
an operating loss of £3.8 million in 
2019. Operating profit is after charging 
£49.8 million of Adjusting Items relating 
to acquisitions, amortisation and share 
based payments (including £7.4 million 
in deferred, contingent combination 
payments tied to continued employment).

 A Pro-forma operating profit of £16.9 million 
versus an operating loss of £1.2 million 
in 2019.

 A Profit before income tax was £3.1 million, 
after charging adjusting items, versus a 
loss of £9.2 million in 2019 and pro-forma 
profit before income tax of £12.1 million.

 A Statutory result for the period was 

£3.9 million (loss) after charging adjusting 
items after taxation versus £10.0 million 
(loss) in 2019 and pro-forma result for the 
period of £1.2 million (loss).

 A Adjusted basic net result per share was 7.9p 
versus 5.2p in 2019 and 9.8p pro-forma.

 A Basic and diluted net result per share 

was 0.8p (loss) which includes adjusting 
items after tax versus 2.7p (loss) in 2019 
and pro-forma adjusted basic net result 
per share 0.2p (loss).

 A Year-end net cash5 £51.6 million, even 
after significant combination payments 
since £113 million net fundraising in July 
2020, reflecting strong liquidity from 
operations and EBITDA conversion to 
cash flow from operating activities of 99% 
versus 74% in 2019.

Your Board will not declare a dividend, 
particularly bearing in mind the need to 
balance funding future growth versus 
immediate shareowner return, but the 
Directors intend to commence the payment 
of dividends when it becomes commercially 
prudent to do so. 

Notes:

1.  Billings is gross billings to clients including pass-through costs.

4.  Operational EBITDA is EBITDA adjusted for non-recurring items 

2.  Pro-forma numbers relate to unaudited full year non-statutory 
and non-GAAP consolidated results in constant currency as if 
the Group had existed in full for the year and have been prepared 
under comparable GAAP with no consolidation eliminations. 
Consequently the prior year comparatives will change year on year.

3.  Like-for-like is a non-GAAP measure related to 2019 being 

restated to show the unaudited numbers for the previous year of 
the existing and acquired businesses consolidated for the same 
months as in 2020 applying currency rates as used in 2020.

and recurring share-based payments and is a non-GAAP measure 
management use to assess the underlying business performance. 
Operational EBITDA margin is operational EBITDA divided by 
gross profit.

5.  Operational EBITDA margin is operational EBITDA divided by 

gross profit.

6.  Adjusted operating profit is operating profit/loss adjusted for non-

recurring items and recurring share-based payments.

7.  Adjusted result before income tax is profit/loss before income 
tax adjusted for non-recurring items and recurring share-
based payments.

9

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1Letter to shareowners continued

We continued to fire  
on all cylinders in 2020

Outlook
All-in-all, we continued to fire on all cylinders 
in 2020. January 2021 like-for-like gross 
profit growth was very strong and ahead 
of budget. This performance is planned to 
continue into 2021, with budgets and plans 
targeting strong revenue, gross profit growth 
and improving operational EBITDA margin 
and the three-year plan for 2021-3 targeting 
a doubling of your Company organically, 
excluding combinations.

Geographic performance
By geography, on a pro-forma basis, 
The Americas accounted for 73.3% of gross 
profit against 72.6% in 2019. Europe, Middle 
East & Africa represented 17.7% of gross 
profit against 19.7% in 2019. Asia Pacific 
represented 9.0% of gross profit against 7.7% 
in 2019. Growth in gross profit was up 24.9% 
in The Americas, 11.3% in Europe, Middle 
East and Africa and 43.7% in Asia Pacific. 

Our long-term objective is to achieve a 
geographic distribution of 40% in The 
Americas, 20% in Europe, Middle East and 
Africa and 40% in Asia Pacific, particularly 
given the likely continuing rise of China and 
India and despite the US/China trade frictions.

Share of equal-dollar 
portfolio gain/loss 
from January 2018 
to April 20211 
% of value created  

Omnicom

2.5%

WPP

(3.4%)

Publicis Group

0.7%

Dentsu

(5.0%)

IPG

12.5%

S4Capital

92.6%

Note:

1. Equal-dollar model comprises the five holding companies from January 2018, with an adjustment in November 2018 to include S4Capital.

Source: Tom Triscari, Lemonade Projects, Quo Vadis

10

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Practice performance
By practice, on a pro-forma basis, Content 
accounted for 71.7% of gross profit against 
70.4% in 2019. The Data & Digital Media 
Practice represented 28.3% of gross profit 
against 29.6% in 2019. Growth in gross profit 
was up 26.0% like-for-like at the Content 
Practice and up 18.3% at the Data & Digital 
Media Practice. 

Our long-term objective is to achieve a 
practice distribution around 60% Content and 
40% Data & Digital Media, emphasising the 
growing importance of digital video.

1

2

5

3

6

4

7

www.s4capital.com/annualreport20

Client developments
Having established brand awareness and 
secured brand trial in the back end of 2018 
and in 2019, we set about converting client 
relationships at scale and now have five 
‘whoppers’ secure or in sight, in line with 
our ultimate objective, that is 20 clients each 
generating revenues of over $20 million 
per annum. In 2020, we continued to build 
our existing relationships with clients such 
as Google, Facebook, Amazon, Netflix, 
Procter & Gamble, T-Mobile, Bayer and 
Mondelēz and won significant new business 
from BMW/MINI, Cisco, Embibe, Harley 
Davidson, PayPal, LA28, Shopify and Verizon. 
Tech clients account for around 55% of 
revenues, with a growing cadre of healthcare 
and FMCG clients. Encouragingly, our 
current pipeline is proportionally ahead of 
last year’s level. 

Seizing the next decade
Watch some of our senior business leaders 
discuss the transformational shifts in the 
marketing landscape, client needs and 
ways of working, and how we’re shaping 
the business for continued growth.

1.  Pete Kim, Data & Digital Media Practice 

Co-Lead

2.  Wesley ter Haar, Content Practice Co-Lead

3.  Luciana Haguiara, Executive Creative 

Director, MediaMonks/Circus

4.  Christopher S. Martin, Data & Digital Media 

Practice Co-Lead

5.  Michel de Rijk, Chief Executive Officer, 

S4Capital APAC

6.  Tessa Ohlendorf, Managing Director, 

MightyHive Canada

7.  Amy Michael, Chief Revenue Officer, 

Firewood Marketing

11

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1Letter to shareowners continued

2021 has started strongly,  
well in line with our latest  
three-year plan to double 
organically in three years 

Winning in the 20s 
2021 has started strongly, well in line with our 
latest three-year plan to double organically 
in three years and we are focused on three 
objectives for the year – to bed down our two 
new ‘whoppers’ and develop and identify 
10 more; to roll-out our unitary branding; and 
to continue to broaden and deepen our digital 
client offering by combination. We believe 
2021 and 2022 will be very strong years 
economically, as the world rebounds from 
the pandemic and spends and invests the 
huge pandemic-driven fiscal and monetary 
stimulus. Digital marketing expenditure is 
closely correlated, but not dependent on GDP 
growth, just as traditional media spending 
used to be in the last century.

Overall, it is clear that covid-19 has 
accelerated the adoption of digital 
transformation and digital media at three 
levels. Firstly, at the consumer level, with 
consumers buying groceries and essentials 
online, educating their kids online, using 
financial services online and gorging on 
online entertainment and gaming. Secondly, 
media trends have been accelerated, with the 
streamers like Netflix and Disney+ gaining 
on free to air TV, traditional newspapers 

and magazines under greater pressure from 
digital alternatives and traditional outdoor 
being increasingly eclipsed by digital 
outdoor. Finally, enterprise adoption of digital 
transformation has accelerated, as covid-19 
disrupted steady-state growth and during 
that disruption ‘change agents’ have been 
given more oxygen to implement digital 
organisational change.

The pandemic did enable us to consolidate 
separate offices on a city-by-city basis faster, 
as existing leases were terminated more 
quickly. In addition, property consolidation 
will be assessed faster as vaccinations start 
to kick in and lockdowns ease, starting in 
the second quarter of 2021. There is little 
doubt that we will not go back to the old 
normal in terms of office location, layout and 
use. There will be more flexible working from 
home, probably about 40% of the working 
week, with more flexible commuting times, 
more dispersed working and living patterns 
and different office layouts, with separate 
spaces for our people to meet, to work and 
to engage with clients. We are also starting to 
increasingly consolidate our strategic, client 
content and and digital media offer at the 
S4Capital level.

12

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Our four core principles

Holy Trinity of:

First-party data
Digital content
Digital media

We are 
purely 
digital

With a 
unitary 
structure

Speed 
Quality 
Value*

*  A more elegant version of Faster, Better, Cheaper.

Your Company’s purely digital model based 
on first-party data (reinforced by the recent 
privacy policy decisions by Apple and 
Google) fuelling the creation, production and 
distribution of digital advertising content and 
distributed by digital media is increasingly 
resonating with clients. Our tagline ‘faster, 
better, cheaper’ or ‘speed, quality, value’ 
and unitary, one P&L structure also appeal 
strongly. The imperatives for 2021 continue 
to be to move beyond brand awareness and 
brand trial to greater client conversion at scale 
and achieving our 2021 objective as rapidly as 
possible; to roll out our unitary branding; and 
to broaden and deepen our service capability 
through business combinations. 

Sir Martin Sorrell
Executive Chairman

Peter Rademaker
Group Chief Financial Officer

13

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1ESG: sustainability and 
corporate responsibility

MediaMonks’ sustainability strategy was 
adopted and further embedded across the 
Company in 2020. The strategy, comprising 
three pillars, is based on our potential impact, 
stakeholder opinions and our contribution 
to the UN Sustainable Development 
Goals (SDGs) developed in 2015 by the 
United Nations. 

 A Sustainable Production focuses on our 

work for and with clients.

 A Zero Impact Workspaces concentrates 

on our own operations. 

 A Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DE&I), 
focuses both on our own workplace and 
on inspiring others. 

At the end of 2020, we set a goal to become 
a Certified B Corporation. B Corporations 
are leaders of the global movement of 
organisations using business as a force for 
good. There are over 3,600 B Corporations 
from more than 150 industries and 74 countries 
with one unifying goal – to redefine success 
in business. The performance standards 
B Corporations meet are comprehensive, 
transparent and verified. They measure a 
company’s impact on all its stakeholders: their 
workers, suppliers, community, customers 
and the environment. Unlike traditional 
corporations, B Corporations are legally 
required to consider the impact of their 
decisions on all their stakeholders. Therefore, 
our commitment to become Certified will 
shape and bring our sustainability efforts to 
the next level in the years to come.

How we create value with our strategy 
and contribute to the SDGs
The impact model on page 15 explains how 
our sustainability strategy, our activities and 
the resources we use, lead to our ultimate 
impact goal. It describes how we create added 
value, not only now, but also in the long term. 
As shown in the model, we aim to contribute to 
the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). 

Significant positive impact can be found in 
our work for clients, ranging from awareness 
raised on social topics to changed consumer 
behaviour to conservation of our environment. 
However, as the inputs show, we also need 
natural resources to enable us to work for 
our clients. These resources relate to a 
negative impact mainly due to greenhouse 
gas emissions and waste associated with 
our business activities. We are working to 
decrease this negative impact of our business 
operations and increase our positive added 
value through our creative work. 

Emissions per FTE  
(Full Time Employee)

Charitable donations
% 2020 net revenue 
(gross profit) donated
Hours worked on 
Projects For Good

Projects For Good

1.24 tonnes CO2

£356,568

0.12%1

28,000

41

Diversity ratio

45% women : 55% men

Note: 
1.  Percentage of consolidated gross profit of S4Capital Group.

We have a firm belief that 
creativity and technology 
are a force for good and 
powerful tools required in 
the transition towards a 
more sustainable society 

14

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Our impact model

People

Resources

Financial capital

Relationships

Input

 A 3,247 employees1
 A >30 countries
 A 45% women  
55% men

 A >50 offices
 A 1,433.9 MWh 
electricity used
 A 6.8m km travelled 

by plane

 A £3,644,586 invested 

in R&D 

 A £1.16bn in total assets

 A Clients
 A Business partners
 A Charities

Business 
model

Our vision
Creativity and technology 
are a force for good and 
powerful tools required  
in the transition towards a 
more sustainable society

Our ESG 
mission
We are a catalyst  
for the sustainable  
impact of our clients

Our strategy
 A Zero Impact Workspaces

 A Sustainable Production

 A Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

Output

 A 26% trained on 
diversity, equity 
and inclusion

 A Offered 77 internships
 A 2.66% absenteeism2

Long-term 
value

We empower our 
people to be a catalyst 
for change, in an 
inclusive, diverse and 
creative workplace

 A 39% of electricity 

is renewable
 A 1.24 tonnes CO2 

emissions per FTE

 A 31% of waste 

separated (total 
153.2 tonnes)

We create a 
climate-neutral and 
environmentally 
conscious business  
operation

 A £295.2m net revenue
 A £356,568 donated 

to charities

 A 7,800 projects 
for clients

 A 41 Creativity For 
Good projects

 A 12 CSR partnerships

We remain economically 
viable and invest in our 
innovations to enable us to 
contribute to sustainability 
challenges in the long run

We improve the 
sustainable impact of 
our clients – to bring 
about the shift in attitudes 
and behaviour needed 
to reach the SDGs

Zero Impact Workspaces

Sustainable Production

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

Notes:

1.   Excludes headcount of combinations after 1 January 2020 (see page 22) given integration phase of the combinations.

2.   Covers MediaMonks only due to data restrictions.

15

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1ESG: sustainability and corporate responsibility continued

Zero Impact Workspaces
As an international company that experiences 
continual growth around the globe, we have 
a relatively large carbon footprint. Therefore, 
we want to put effort into creating a climate-
neutral and environmentally conscious 
business through tangible efforts in our daily 
operations. By doing so we want to build 
zero impact workspaces and contribute 
to increase the share of renewable energy 
(SDG 7), reduce waste generation and 
promote sustainable procurement practices 
(SDG 12) by: 

 A Broadening the renewable energy share 
in our own energy mix by covering our 
roofs with solar panels or procuring 
green energy.

 A Reducing our waste production per FTE 
and increasing our recycling percentages.

 A Aligning our procurement with sustainability 
standards and engaging with suppliers 
on sustainability.

We also want to reduce our CO2 footprint 
(SDG 13). In response to the World Economic 
Forum 2020 Davos Manifesto, S4Capital 
announced its commitment to achieve carbon 
neutrality by 2024. We are highly aware of this 
challenge, as digital companies like us are big 
consumers of energy, especially electricity. 

Our performance in 2020
In 2020, we aligned our carbon footprint 
for the first time with the Greenhouse Gas 
Protocol, which provides the world’s most 
widely-used greenhouse gas accounting 
standards for companies. This was the first 
year in which we also included external 
servers in our scope 3 emissions*. We aim to 
broaden the scope of our carbon footprint in 
the future to also include all the greenhouse 
gas emissions in our supply chain. 

In 2020, our total carbon footprint was 
2,800 tonnes CO2 emissions and a relative 
CO2 emission of 1.24 tonnes CO2 per FTE. 
Of course, we need to take into account 
that many of our people had to work from 
home for a large part of the year due to 
governmental measurements taken to 
reduce the impact of covid-19.

*  The emission factor for servers is calculated based on data from 
one of our servers and extrapolated. Not all server usage could 
be included this year as some data for external servers were not 
accurate. We are working on improving this as we move forward. 
The information is compiled by the Company internally and 
is unaudited.

Natural gas

Company
cars

District
heating

Electricity
– grey

Electricity
– green

Business
flights

Employee
commute
by car

Employee
commute
by public
transport

Business
travel on
land

Servers

Waste

Water

Note:

Averages per FTE are based on the average number of FTE throughout the year. Where possible we used accurate consumption data. 
However, since it is the first year for most S4Capital companies, except MediaMonks, to report on emissions, for some offices data was not yet 
available. In order to correct for this, we extrapolated the data from other offices. Also note that due to covid-19 many of our offices were only 
open for three months and we did not include data from the home-workspaces of our employees (e.g. gas use, energy consumption, wastage). 
Therefore, the actual CO2 emissions are most likely higher than we can report here.

S4Capital
emissions
per
category 
per FTE
(in kg CO2)

600,00

500,00

400,00

300,00

200,00

100,00

0,00

16

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  
 
 
  
Outlook
In 2021, on behalf of S4Capital, Tree-Nation 
will plant enough trees for all our employees 
to capture their average annual emissions. 
In the future we want to plant trees in our 
forest based on our own carbon footprint to 
make it more accurate and become a carbon 
neutral workplace by 2024. In 2021, we are 
also signing Amazon’s Climate Pledge to 
support our net-zero carbon target. 

Sustainable Production
Our sustainable production pillar concerns 
everything relating to the work we do for our 
clients and with our partners. As we work with 
many brands around the globe, S4Capital 
is in an outstanding position to become the 
catalyst for change. This can be done in two 
ways: sustainable creation of projects and the 
sustainable content of projects (which we call 
‘For Good’). 

For the first element, we create awareness 
while developing the Statement of Work 
(SOW) with our clients by offering them 
choices that contribute to more sustainable 
work practices. This can be an agreement 
to work remotely instead of flying or to make 
explicit use of green hosting services. At the 
heart of this lies the idea that we support 
others to reduce the negative and increase 
the positive impact. 

In 2021, we are also  
signing Amazon’s  
Climate Pledge to  
support our net-zero 
carbon target 

As well as facilitating sustainable production 
options for our clients, we use our creative 
skills for making content that contributes to 
the greater good with its message. In support 
of For Good projects we invest in R&D and 
share our insights with the world and aid  
For Good causes, either financially or through 
pro-bono work. 

For both sustainable creation and For Good 
projects we aim to contribute to the SDGs as 
set out below. This year we are working on a 
Sustainable Production Manifesto to ensure 
we can further leverage these practices. 

 A SDG 4.4: Through on-the-job learning, 
we want to increase the number of 
people with relevant skills – with special 
focus on under-represented groups 
(e.g. female developers) – also see the 
section on Diversity, Equity and Inclusion.

 A SDG 9.4: We want to reduce the CO2 

emission per unit of value added through 
facilitating our clients with an optimal way 
to produce and run projects sustainably 
(our Sustainable Production Manifesto).

 A SDG 9.5: We want to steer and drive global 

solutions focused on technology and 
design evolution by investing in R&D with, 
amongst others, our MM Labs and the 
MightyHive Innovation team.

 A SDG 12.2: We want to reduce the material 
footprint of our projects by sustainably 
managing and increasing the efficient use 
of our project resources.

Through the content of For Good projects,  
we also contribute to SDG 3, 5, 9, 10, 12  
and 13. 

17

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1ESG: sustainability and corporate responsibility continued

We believe that if our teams 
represent a broad range of 
experiences and perspectives, 
this leads to better ideas 
and products for our clients

Our performance in 2020
As a baseline, we measured our performance 
in 2020, ahead of implementing the Sustainable 
Production Manifesto in the course of 2021. 
This revealed that we already have some 
projects during which we offered and used 
green hosting (0.04%), used sustainable, 
second-hand or recycled materials (0.77%), 
took measures regarding the end-product (e.g. 
dark modus or mobile first) (0.47%), took the 
end-of-life of our product/service into account 
(1.31%), used integrated production (0.97%) or 
re-used existing codes (2.12%). Our Sustainable 
Production Manifesto will help us better 
integrate these effectively and make them 
the default. 

Producing sustainably also means that we 
take the social aspects into account. We find 
it important to consider not only who is 
represented in images, but how, and adjust 
for cultural differences globally. We also find 
diversity ‘behind the camera’ important; those 
who work on the creation of our digital work. 
We believe that if our teams represent a broad 
range of experiences and perspectives, this 
leads to better ideas and products for our 
clients. We also see clients, such as Google 
and Facebook, more often request diverse 
project teams. 

The second focus area is a structured push 
for concepts, ideas, and messages that 
contribute to the SDGs. We do this through 
R&D, donating to For Good charities and, 
most importantly, through our For Good 
projects by working closely together with our 
clients on creative ideas that contribute to a 
better world.

18

Research and development
To spur innovation, we invest in research 
and development, amongst others through 
our MediaMonks Labs and MightyHive’s 
innovation team, and £3,644,586 is spent 
on innovation and development work. 
This includes the hours we invest in 
innovations. The gained knowledge, findings 
and learnings are shared on a monthly basis 
to enable everyone interested to build upon 
our work. 

For Good causes
We contribute to For Good causes, either 
directly with our hours or indirectly with 
monetary donations. In 2020, all labels 
together donated £356,568 (0.12% of 
net revenue) to over 40 organisations and 
foundations For Good, with a main focus on 
healthcare, diversity and educational projects. 
A large part of these donations was raised 
as part of our Commitment To Change, to 
support racial equality and justice. 

For Good client work
For many years we have supported our 
largest clients in developing the best and 
most innovative campaigns for For Good 
purposes by contributing our talents and 
skills in digital communication (either as a 
mainstream project or pro bono). Most of our 
projects target specific SDGs, allowing us to 
be able to increase the positive impact we 
make through our work. A few examples are 
shown on the following pages.

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Ensure healthy lives and promote  
wellbeing for all at all ages

 A HP + Folding@Home

We collaborated with HP and Folding@Home 
to introduce the Crowdsourcing Computing 
Power project. A crucial step in finding a 
cure for covid-19 is running many complex 
simulations; a task that can take decades on 
one machine but less than a month on just a 
thousand machines. We created the landing 
page that encourages people to donate their 
computing power.

 A Red Cross/Rode Kruis Amsterdam-

Amstelland

Together with MassiveMusic, IMA and MM 
created a fundraiser to help Amsterdam’s 
Red Cross keep protecting vulnerable 
citizens in times of covid-19. The campaign 
quickly raised over €20,000 by speaking 
to the compassionate nature of the city. 
Our animation encourages people to make 
a small donation that helps make a big 
difference – providing food, shelter and 
psycho-social assistance for the people who 
need it most. 

Ensure inclusive and equitable 
quality education and promote 
lifelong learning opportunities for all

 A The Department of Education from New 
South Wales/Online Learning Platform

Together with the Department of Education 
for NSW, we crafted a video-based 
learning platform that makes it easier for 
parents and primary caregivers to teach 
their children maths. The site provides 
educational videos, learning activities and 
subject breakdowns, several of which are 
produced by MediaMonks. The creative 
direction and design of the platform, set 
a clear, colourful and inviting style to help 
users better understand the complex 
subjects. The platform serves as a test 
for future initiatives for accessible online 
learning experiences and education solutions 
during covid-19.

 A The Royal SpringBoard Foundation

The foundation works across the UK’s 
boarding and independent schools sector 
to expand the number of bursary places 
and ensure that these opportunities are 
targeted towards young people who 
have faced challenging circumstances 
or have grown up in households and 
communities where opportunities to 
flourish are limited. MightyHive consultants 
supported the organisation by conducting 
a digital assessment and 40 hours of pro-
bono work to provide the organisation 
with recommendations. 

Achieve gender equality and 
empower all women and girls

 A Argentine Football Association/The 

Incomplete Team

 In Argentina, a femicide takes place every 26 
hours. To raise awareness of this social issue, 
Circus created a campaign for the Argentine 
Football Association. On the International Day 
for the Elimination of Violence against Women, 
every team in the Women’s League stepped 
onto the field with drastically fewer players 
than usual—the missing players signifying 
the number of femicides that occurred since 
each team’s last game. The teams then united 
to film an online video to take the message 
global. Reaching 34 million impressions on 
the first day alone, the campaign shone a 
bright light on this often overlooked reality. 

 A Kotex/No More Stigma Activation

Alongside Ogilvy, MediaMonks created an 
immersive, audio-visual booth in São Paulo 
featuring a hero film, No More Stigma. 
Combining creativity and technology, the 
installation makes people of all genders 
ponder over misconceptions around 
menstruation. The experience reminds us 
to act with more empathy by featuring short 
stories on everyday prejudice against women 
during their period. 

19

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1ESG: sustainability and corporate responsibility continued

Reduce inequalities within 
and among countries

 A Google/Honouring Excellence in the 

Transgender Community

Firewood provided strategy and community 
insight, bringing in external consultants to 
develop partnerships with trans-led service 
organisations. We developed tech-based 
solutions to help solve problems facing these 
organisations. Working directly with Google.
org and local policy and government relation 
teams, we found stories to feature trans-led 
organisations that also had a strong business 
success story, developed through the use of 
Google tools. 

 A Havaianas/#AllLoveIsWelcome 

Pride Campaign

When Havaianas launched a line of Pride-
themed products, Circus created and 
produced its #AllLoveIsWelcome campaign. 
Celebrating the LGBTQIA+ community, we 
created campaign assets in English and 
Portuguese in addition to documentary-style 
shorts featuring the increased challenges of 
LGBTQ+ people during lockdown. We also 
hosted and officiated virtual ceremonies 
where couples came together to marry, renew 
their vows and celebrate Pride at home.

 A COMMON Foundation/One Million Truths

 During the George Floyd protests in 2020, 
Mark Eckhardt, CEO of COMMON, continued 
to post about his experiences as a Black man 
in America and decided to create a platform 
for more Black Americans to share their 
experiences. MediaMonks helped produce 
onemilliontruths.com and the introductory 
film, encouraging people to share video 
stories of how they have been affected 
by racism. By tapping into the power of 
personal testimony to record past and present 
accounts of racism, One Million Truths aims 
to amplify Black voices so they are heard, 
documented and recognised. 

 A Omroep Zwart

In the Netherlands, to become part of the 
public broadcast system, the first thing 
you have to do is gather 50,000 paying 
members for your new broadcast association. 
Omroep Zwart (Broadcast Black) is a new 
initiative that focuses on diversity and 
inclusion and reaches out to an audience that 
currently does not recognise her or himself 
in what can be seen on Dutch television 
at the moment. MediaMonks supported 
Omroep Zwart with the concept, creation and 
production of the launch campaign. They now 
already have more than 50,000 members. 

Ensuring sustainable consumption 
and production patterns

 A WildAid China/Sea Turtle 
Protection Campaign

We partnered with WildAid China to devise, 
design and develop a public awareness 
campaign around everyday actions, such 
as reducing single-use plastic consumption, 
that all individuals can take to help protect 
sea turtles. Visitors of the campaign are 
invited to show their support by creating a 
turtle-guardian avatar to share on WeChat 
alongside a pledge to commit to the actions. 
The campaign had an impressive reach of 
over 475 million OOH views across 12 cities 
and over 16 million views online. 

Take urgent action to combat 
climate change and its impacts

 A Amazon and Global Optimism/

The Climate Pledge

  In partnership with Global Optimism and 
Amazon, MediaMonks created a collage-
style website and animation built around 
bold statements and actions. The site rallies 
signatories for a critical cause; preserving our 
planet by reaching the Paris Agreement 10 
years early. We scripted, scored and animated 
a video that captures the ambition of wanting 
to be net-zero carbon by 2040. The AEM-
powered site also includes a timeline that 
shows the progress made as well as the 
road ahead.

20

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Outlook
2020 will set the baseline for the years to 
come. In order to structure this pillar for all 
S4Capital projects, we are currently working 
on the development of our Green Production 
Manifesto. These will be used as a guideline 
for all our client work. It will include the 
values and principles we will live by regarding 
sustainable practices during our work with 
clients. It is our goal to commit with at least 
50% of our client work to the guidelines of our 
Green Production Manifesto by 2025.

In the manifesto, we want to ensure 
that the baseline of all our work is good. 
MediaMonks has, for example, set up a 
complete information security management 
system based on ISO 27001. This allows us to 
also become ISO 21007 certified in 2021, first 
for our office in Hilversum then to be rolled out 
to our other offices. ISO 27001 is a world-
wide recognised norm for information security. 

Equity is about 
ensuring that  
everyone has 
access to the same 
opportunities, 
recognising that 
advantages and 
barriers exist 
for different people

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
The people who work at S4Capital are at the 
heart of our business. Their talents are the fuel 
of the engine that keeps our business going. 
Our people are more likely to feel comfortable 
and happy in an environment where inclusivity 
and equity are a priority. We are happy to 
see that our work on providing the best 
environment for our people is already being 
recognised, as Firewood ranked number 13 
on AdAge’s Best Places to Work 2020 list and 
MightyHive received the Great Place to Work 
certification for the year 2019-2020. 

We have set out core values to guide decisions 
on who to work with, what projects to work on, 
and how to interact with one another:

 A Humility: We strive for understanding and 

to always learn from each other.

 A Inclusivity: We reject the notion of 
otherness. Everyone belongs here.

 A Authenticity: We encourage everyone to 

always stay true to themselves.

 A Responsibility: We believe our social 

obligations and profitability can coexist.

For and with our exceptional talent pool we 
aim to contribute to SDG 5, 8 and 10 through 
this pillar. 

 A SDG 5.5: We want to ensure equal 

opportunities for women in managerial 
positions (and in senior and middle 
management positions), with a first step 
in measuring our current ratios from 
2021 onwards.

 A SDG 8.5: We want to ensure equal pay for 
equal value at our premises, with a first 
step in measuring our current earnings for 
similar work from 2021 onwards.

 A SDG 10.3: We want to ensure discrimination 
against people from an underrepresented 
minority group is not taking place on our 
premises by training our people (with a 
focus on allyship, anti-racism, anti-bias 
and other initiatives that promote racial and 
gender equity), creating Employee Resource 
Groups (ERGs), increasing ethnic and 
gender diversity at all levels of our company 
(especially in leadership roles) and increasing 
our involvement in organisations that 
promote diversity, equity and inclusion. 

21

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1ESG: sustainability and corporate responsibility continued

Our workforce and activities in 2020
S4Capital people (headcount)

Employees

Part-time

Full-time

Fixed contract

Temporary contract

Covered by collective bargaining agreement

Employees who participated in a DE&I training

Absenteeism

Notes:

Total

3,2471

4%

96%

30%

12%2

0%

26%3

2.66%4

Women

45%

Men

55%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.  As at 31 December 2020. This figure only includes the following offices: MediaMonks, MightyHive, Superhero Cheesecake, BizTech, 

IMAgency, Firewood, Circus. It excludes all new acquisitions made in 2020 (except Circus) and is therefore lower than the current 2021 figure. 

2.  All other contracts do not have fixed end dates. 

3.  Based on actual data and estimates, as not all participants were registered beforehand.
4.  This only includes MediaMonks data, as other parts of S4Capital were not able yet to measure their absenteeism.

Gender
diversity
at S4Capital  

90%

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%

Tech

Leadership

Management

Professional

Administrative

Intern

Women

Men

Diversity in cultures, nationalities, 
backgrounds, race, gender identity and 
sexual orientation is valued at S4Capital. 

Overall ethnicity
S4Capital US

2%

4%

4%

Since companies are not allowed to 
register someone’s ethnic origin everywhere, 
for example in the EU, we have provided 
information on our US employees and 
employees located elsewhere. 

In the wake of George Floyd’s murder, 
over 600 Black advertising executives 
signed an open letter to demand an end to 
systemic racism in the US creative industry. 

22

10%

20%

60%

White
Black/African
American 

Asian
Two or more races

Latinx
Native Hawaiian,
American Indian 

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US ethnicity 
diversity at
S4Capital  

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%

Leadership

Management

Professional

Administrative

Intern

White

Asian

Latinx

Black or African American

Two or more races

S4Capital chose to answer their Call for 
Change by making their US diversity data 
public and we made strong commitments 
to change. One of those commitments is 
that we want our people to represent the 
population diversity within the city office. 

New initiatives
One initiative we set up in 2020 to work 
towards our ambition is the S4Capital 
Fellowship Program. This programme, starting 
in 2021, aims to mitigate this challenge by 
empowering exceptional students from 
traditionally under-represented communities 
to leave their own mark in shaping the path 
of technological innovation. In 2021, four 
students from Historically Black Colleges and 
Universities (HBCUs) are invited to participate. 
Fellows are provided the opportunity to learn 
about an industry from the very best while 
jumpstarting their career. In addition, we hope 
that the fellows will serve as role models 
for youth in the field and inspire the next 
generation of talent. 

Recognising that the number of women in 
leadership positions is still limited, over the 
world but also in our teams, MediaMonks 
set up WoMMen in Tech for all the ambitious 
women in our (predominantly) male 
industry. This initiative intends to inspire, 
advise, and sponsor women hoping to 
enter or find success in the tech industry. 
In addition, we developed a Women in 
Leadership programme at the end of 
2020. Leadership can nominate women to 

participate in a six-month training with the 
aim to enforce them as leaders. The training is 
available to 50 participants each year and we 
hope that experiences and representation of 
women in leadership will also trickle down into 
the whole business.

We also partner with other organisations all 
over the world to create opportunities for 
those from under-represented groups in the 
tech and digital industry. 

In November 2020, for example, we 
officially announced our partnership with 
TechGrounds, a school for IT learning in the 
Netherlands with a focus on cultural and 
gender diversity. Together with SalesForce, 
we contribute to the curriculum and organise 
workshops and events. Moreover, to ensure 
people from under-represented groups in 
the tech sector get a chance, our Dutch tech 
teams are required to actively hire diverse 
talent by offering them a paid traineeship. 
After successfully completing the six-month’s 
traineeship, they will join our tech teams as a 
junior developer. In the US we are partnering 
with Hack the Hood, an organisation that 
introduces young, underserved people of 
colour to tech careers. Firewood’s digital 
marketing team is supporting them in 
developing an internship programme. 
To improve the pipeline of girls in tech we 
also support Code Like a Girl. Our Australian 
team supports this social enterprise with their 
communications to accelerate their quest to 
make tech accessible, inclusive, open and fun 
for women and girls. 

23

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1 
 
ESG: sustainability and corporate responsibility continued

Equity and Inclusion
Equity is about ensuring that everyone has 
access to the same opportunities, recognising 
that advantages and barriers exist for 
different people. As a result, not everyone 
starts from the same place. Equity begins 
by acknowledging this unequal starting 
point and accordingly the commitment to 
correct and address the imbalance. This has 
been addressed in various ways. Circus, 
for example, hired a third party to set up 
protocols for all its offices to create a safe 
space and work on women leadership in the 
creative departments. 
As we are working on S4Capital wide 
programmes, since 2020 every new employee 
must follow an inclusivity learning path on 
LinkedIn Learning. The coursework includes 
content on unconscious bias, allyship, 
inclusive conversations, and other topics 
relevant to living our value of inclusivity. 
The target for 2021 is that all our people 
have undertaken DE&I training, including 
a special leadership training for those in 
leadership positions. 

In 2020 we also started drafting a framework, 
encouraging and making it easier for our 
colleagues to set up Employee Resource 
Groups (ERGs). These groups are great for 
supporting and learning from one another. 
In addition, they also inform our internal 
policies. Already some ERGs were established 
in 2020, such as the ERG for Black employees 
at Firewood, which will become inclusive of all 
S4Capital companies this year. 

Female identifying people at MightyHive 
are supported through the ERG Broadcity 
and the CultureCollective is set up for 
minorities within the MightyHive company. 
Both receive a quarterly budget per member 
to organise events and activities. Additionally, 
the MediaMonks office in Buenos Aires has 
created a private Slack channel that offers 
a safe space to chat and share advice for 
LGBTQ+ employees. The channel grew from 
a private support group to a force that drives 
more inclusive practices on the local level and 
is a good example of how ERGs can make an 
impact, both in everyday interactions in the 
workplace as well as on a policy level. 

1

4

2

5

3

6

www.s4capital.com/annualreport20

24

Making a real impact
Watch a panel of S4Capital’s ESG 
champions talking about our new era 
approach to corporate social responsibility, 
including our vision, strategy and 
alignment to broader sustainability-
related initiatives.

1.  Victor Knaap, Content Practice Co-Lead

2.  Beryl Cheung, Creative Director, 

MediaMonks 

3.  Imma Trillo, Senior VP, Global People  

& Talent, Firewood

4.  Kamron Hack, Senior Director, Global 

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion, Firewood

5.  Richard Nieuwenhuis, COO, MediaMonks

6.  Kate Richling, Chief Marketing Officer, 

MediaMonks

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Talent development and wellbeing
The health and wellbeing of our people 
is an important and serious matter to us, 
especially in these times where most people 
are working from home. It is therefore 
important to regularly check in with everyone. 
Since covid-19 impacted our way of working, 
the Board has daily stand-up meetings 
in which the wellbeing of employees 
is discussed. 

All our companies have different programmes 
in place to support talent development and 
create the right career paths. MediaMonks, 
for example, has regular performance 
reviews for all employees, and MightyHive 
offers specific development training through 
its MightySchool, the company’s intensive 
training bootcamp for new employees. 
In addition, MightyHive has a professional 
development programme that helps 
employees set career goals, identify skills 
they need to achieve those goals, and create 
pathways to pursue those skills. In 2021, 
we will be creating more alignment between 
the local initiatives to ensure that there are 
common development opportunities and 
metrics for performance reviews for everyone 
throughout S4Capital.

Outlook
Core to our diversity, equity and inclusion 
pillar is that we commit to promoting diversity 
and inclusion. We will focus on diverse hiring, 
making the inclusivity training mandatory 
for everyone and developing a mandatory 
training for leadership, and further roll out our 
S4Capital Fellowship Program. 

In 2021 we will also officially support the 
Women’s Empowerment Principles (WEPs), 
established by the UN Global Compact 
and UN Women. These principles provide 
businesses with seven steps to take to 
advance and empower women in the 
workplace, marketplace and community. 
They are grounded in the recognition 
that businesses have a stake in, and a 
responsibility for, gender equality and 
women empowerment – something we 
fully agree with. The WEPs are a vehicle 
to make progress on SDG 5.5, which we 
committed to contribute to as elaborated 
in the beginning of this chapter. Part of this 
commitment is also rolling out the Women 
in Leadership programme. 

Offering an equitable place to work also 
includes having a transparent and fair 
management policy. We believe lower income 
gaps contribute to a healthier and more 
pleasant work environment. But we know the 
gender pay gap is still existent, so we want to 
start measuring our own wage differences for 
similar work in 2021 to see where we stand 
and if action is needed. 

For an expanded version of our sustainability 
and corporate responsibility performance and 
activities, you can download our CSR report 
from www.s4capital.com/sustainability.

25

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1Section 172(i) statement

Section 172 of the Companies Act requires 
Directors to take into consideration the 
interests of stakeholders in their decision 
making. This section serves as our Section 
172(i) statement and further information about 
the Board’s approach to engagement with 
stakeholders is set out in the following pages.

The Board considers, both individually and 
together, that they have acted in the way they 
consider, in good faith, would be most likely 
to promote the success of the Company for 
the benefit of its shareowners as a whole 
(having regard to the stakeholders and 
matters set out in Section 172(i)(a-f) of the Act 
in the decisions taken during the year ended 
31 December 2020).

Our mission is to create a new age/new era 
digital marketing solution, which disrupts 
analogue models, by embracing data, content 
and digital media in an always-on environment 
for global, multinational, regional and local 
clients and for millennial-driven brands.

We recognise that 
promoting the long-
term sustainability 
and success of 
the Company is 
intertwined with 
creating value for, 
and engagement  
with, our stakeholders

26

The Board recognise that engagement with 
the Company’s stakeholders is critical to 
the success of the business in realising this 
mission. The Directors continue to have 
regards to the interest of our people and the 
Company’s other stakeholders, including the 
impact of its activities on the community, the 
environment and the Company’s reputation 
when making decisions. We recognise that 
promoting the long-term sustainability and 
success of the Company is intertwined with 
creating value for, and engagement with, our 
stakeholders. It should therefore be at the 
core of our business.

Engagement with stakeholders is not new 
and has been a part of the business since 
its inception, but the obligation to include 
the Section 172(i) statement presents an 
opportunity to illustrate to you how your 
Board engages with stakeholders and how 
this has impacted on your Company’s 
decisions and strategies.

The stakeholder voice is heard by the 
Board throughout the year by information 
provided by management and also by direct 
engagement with stakeholders. We ensure 
that stakeholder considerations are taken 
into account through discussions at meetings 
of the Board and its committees, as well as 
informally in the day-to-day activities of the 
business. On pages 27 to 29 we set out who 
we consider to be our principal stakeholders, 
including information on our methods of 
engagement with them, and the impact 
of such engagement on the Company’s 
decisions and strategies.

The Directors are fully aware of their 
responsibilities to promote the success of the 
Company in accordance with Section 172 of 
the Act. Our intention is to behave responsibly 
and ensure that management operate the 
business in a responsible manner, operating 
within the high standards of business conduct 
and good governance expected of us.

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020What are the key interests of our 
stakeholders?
 A Our clients – the provision of first-party 
data to fuel creative content and digital 
media planning and digital content, the 
design and development of digital creative 
content and provision of programmes to 
allow our clients to efficiently plan and 
deliver audience-focused campaigns.

 A Our people – a positive environment 
to work, physical and mental health 
and wellbeing, investment in personal, 
development and career progression, 
support for flexible and agile working, 
equal opportunities, inclusion and 
diversity, promoting equal pay and 
honest communications.

 A Our shareowners – robust financial 

accounts, sustainable, long-term growth 
in the Company and its share price, sound 
investment and merger decisions and 
effective communication of strategy.

 A Our communities – creation of 

social value, supporting sustainability 
initiatives and community employment 
and education.

 A Our suppliers – a productive and fair 

working relationship through collaboration, 
innovation and shared values. 

Engagement with stakeholders
Our stakeholders
Understanding what matters to stakeholders 
will only be achieved by building strong, 
constructive relationships and engaging 
regularly. We value the diverse perspectives 
that a broad range of stakeholders, 
representing different and often competing 
interests, can bring to our decision 
making. Not only that, we recognise that 
engagement with stakeholders is a vital part 
in the execution of our long-term strategy. 
Our clients, our people and our shareowners 
are our key stakeholder groups, along with 
our communities and our suppliers.

Our clients are at the core of our strategic 
thinking. It is in response to their needs that 
we seek to be faster, better, cheaper. We are 
acutely focused on how their needs continue 
to develop in the always-on 24/7 digital world 
we all now inhabit.

It is the talent, passion and hard work of 
our people that enable us to deliver the 
most effective and imaginative solutions for 
our clients. 

We rely on our shareowners to finance our 
activities and the continuing expansion of our 
business. As such, engagement with them, 
creating value for them and shaping our 
future decisions based on the results of our 
engagement with them is critical to the long-
term success of the Company.

The relationships we build with stakeholders 
are subject to robust governance to ensure 
the insights generated are taken into 
account in decision making at executive and 
Board level.

27

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1Section 172(i) statement continued

We work alongside our clients on 
a day-by-day, hour-by-hour basis, 
helping them communicate with 
their audiences in a continuous loop

Our key stakeholders and how 
we engage with them 
Clients
 A Our mission for S4Capital is driven by 
engagement with our clients and our 
mantra of ‘speed, quality, value’ (or ‘better, 
faster, cheaper’).

 A We have combined best-in-class practices 
on a single profit-centre basis, promoting 
alignment, an integrated service offering 
and emphasising transparency to clients.

How we engage with our clients
 A In today’s always-on environment, we 

work alongside our clients on a day-by-
day, hour-by-hour basis, helping them 
communicate with their audiences in a 
continuous loop.

 A We continuously evolve how we 

communicate and deliver our services 
based on client feedback.

 A For some clients, we co-locate or embed 
our people, which not only facilitates 
clear communication, collaboration 
and teamwork, but also leaves a light 
environmental footprint.

Engagement outcome: example
As our financial results show, we continue to 
build our existing and new client base, with 
significant assignments from some of the 
world’s top companies and at a local level. 
Our retention and new business rate is strong, 
often boosted by cross-practice pitches 
and referrals.

People
 A Our aim is to grow the world’s brightest 

talent to create a skilled, diverse workplace, 
producing outstanding work for our clients.

 A It is essential that we keep all our people 

engaged, motivated and productive to meet 
our clients’ need for ‘speed, quality, value’.

 A We therefore have to provide sufficient 
opportunities, interesting roles and new 
challenges to enable our people to spend 
fulfilling careers within the business.

How we engage with our people
 A To attract the brightest new talent to our 
business, our practices offer student 
outreach programmes, supportive 
internships and comprehensive inductions 
for new hires.

 A We help our people develop career path 

development plans, and provide mentoring, 
training and digital learning, as well as 
opportunities for international exchanges.

 A To assist with the wellbeing and health of 

our people, our practices provide wellness 
programmes and support for individuals, 
all within a strong culture of mutual respect 
and understanding.

 A A diverse and inclusive workplace brings a 
wealth of cross-cultural advantages to our 
people and our clients.

 A Although we are one of the most gender-
balanced companies in the industry, we 
know there is a general imbalance across 
the digital world. We are addressing this 
through proactive female and diversity 
engagement programmes, supportive 
internal networks and industry initiatives to 
change the status quo.

28

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 A Our culture is one of openness and 

transparency, where everyone has a voice 
and is free to raise questions and issues 
of concern. 

 A Our unitary structure, with a single P&L, 
gives our people a sense of common 
values, shared goals and a collaborative 
spirit. This leads to the pooling of skills and 
knowledge and innovative client solutions.

Engagement outcome: examples
In 2020 we started drafting a framework, 
encouraging and making it easier for our 
colleagues to set up Employee Resource 
Groups (ERGs) for supporting and learning 
from one another. In addition, they also 
inform our internal policies. Some ERGs 
were established in 2020, such as the ERG 
for Black employees at Firewood, which will 
become inclusive of all S4 Capital companies 
in 2021. Female identifying people at 
MightyHive are supported through the ERG 
Broadcity and the CultureCollective is set up 
for minorities within the MightyHive company. 
Both receive a quarterly budget per member 
to organise events and activities. Additionally, 
the MediaMonks office in Buenos Aires has 
created a private Slack channel this year that 
offers a safe space to chat and share advice 
for LGBTQ+ employees.

Shareowners 
 A Our intention is to behave responsibly 

towards our shareowners and treat them 
fairly and equally, so that they may fully 
benefit from the successful execution of 
our vision and strategy. It is important 
that shareowners have confidence in the 
Company and how it is managed, given 
their investment in the business. We rely 
on them to finance our activities and the 
continuing expansion of our business 
and their trust in us is key to sustaining 
continuous investment. In addition, 
engagement with shareowners gives us 
a broad insight into their priorities, which 
influences our own decision making and 
our strategic direction. 

 A We create value for shareowners, in the 
short term, through our commitment 
to high-ethical standards of business 
conduct, strong corporate governance 
and acting with integrity so shareowners 
can have confidence in the way we do 
business. In the long term, it is our goal to 
create value for shareowners by providing 
an appropriate return through long-
term growth.

How we engage with shareowners
 A The Directors have regular contact with 
existing shareowners and potential 
shareowners in S4Capital. Sir Martin 
Sorrell (Executive Chairman), Peter 
Rademaker (Chief Financial Officer) and 
Scott Spirit (Chief Growth Officer) and, 
where necessary, practice heads and 
others communicate via email, calls and 
face-to-face meetings with shareowners, 
although this year given restrictions around 
covid-19 most meetings have been virtual.

 A After each quarterly results announcement 

and major transaction, we have held 
extensive roadshows in London 
with investors such as Jupiter Asset 
Management, Fidelity Management & 
Research, Permian Investment Partners, 
Aegon Asset Management, Canaccord 
Genuity, Columbia Threadneedle, 
Rathbones, Bestinver, Swedbank Robur 
and Blackrock. We have also participated 
in broker-arranged virtual roadshows 
in London, New York, San Francisco, 
Frankfurt, Hong Kong and Paris to to meet 
existing and prospective investors.

 A In September we held a virtual Capital 

Markets Day event across three afternoons 
with live and recorded sessions focusing 
on strategy, finances, clients, partners, 
M&A and new business. Most of these 
sessions (as with all our investor 
presentations, reports and earnings calls) 
are available on the S4Capital website.

 A The Directors (including Victor Knaap, 

Wesley ter Haar, Pete Kim and Christopher 
S. Martin) also regularly attend investor 
conferences and invitations from analysts 
to speak. 

29

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1Section 172(i) statement continued

Engagement outcome: example
When Havaianas launched a brand-new line 
of Pride-themed products, Circus created and 
produced their #AllLoveIsWelcome campaign, 
celebrating the LGBTQIA+ community, 
including documentary-style shorts featuring 
the increased challenges of LGBTQ+ people 
during lockdown. 

Suppliers
 A We rely on suppliers to help deliver our 
services to clients and maintain our 
productivity, as well as helping to make our 
supply chain as sustainable as possible. 

 A Strong relationships with suppliers can 

bring innovative approaches and solutions 
that create shared value.

How we engage with our suppliers
 A We aim to have a fair and transparent 

relationship with our suppliers and partners 
through regular dialogue on performance 
and CSR matters.

Engagement outcome: example
Over 80% of our procurement budget is 
spent on suppliers that publicly disclose 
a CSR policy. 

 A The Directors’ meetings with shareowners 

serve to keep them informed on the 
business and allow the Company to gain 
valuable feedback and advice.

 A We value our AGM and general meetings 
as an opportunity to meet all shareowners 
and thank them for their support, as well 
as hear their feedback and perspectives 
on the Company. Should we look to raise 
additional equity finance in the future, we 
will seek to allow existing shareowners to 
participate where possible.

Engagement outcome: example 
The Company successfully raised £113 million 
net proceeds through its placing in July, to 
provide funding to support its M&A strategy. 
This could not have been achieved without 
the support of our shareowners.

Communities
 A We contribute to society by actively 

sharing our talents and digital expertise 
and offering it to local social initiatives and 
charity projects.

How we engage with our communities
 A Our practices and people are involved in 

many projects at a local level: from student 
outreach and teaching coding to young 
people, to participating in drives to collect 
food, toys and donations at holiday times.

 A Launched in 2019, S4 Impact Day is a 
global S4Capital volunteering initiative 
where all of our 4,400 people in 31 
countries can tangibly give back to the 
communities of which they are a part.

We contribute to society by 
actively sharing our talents 
and digital expertise and 
offering it to local social 
initiatives and charity projects

30

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Principal risks  
and uncertainties

The Board, through the Audit and Risk Committee, has overall 
responsibility for the risk management and mitigation process. 
The Board places a particular emphasis on the scope and nature 
of the relevant risks when determining how the Group should seek 
to achieve its strategic objectives.

The Group’s strategy is to build a purely 
digital multinational advertising and marketing 
services business, initially, given its embryonic 
origins, by mergers. In the context of future 
organic- and business combination-driven 
growth, the Board is prepared to accept a 
certain level of risk to build a multinational 
business that is able to compete with 
established competitors and capitalise on the 
digitally-led disruption of the advertising and 
marketing services sector.

The Group’s approach to risk is kept under 
review. The Group’s approach to particular 
risks or classes of risk may change over time 
as the Group grows and its market evolves.

The Group is run on a unitary, or single profit 
centre, basis. Many of the risks faced by the 
Group as a whole, together with its Content 
and Data & Digital Media practices are 
similar. The Group therefore seeks to adopt a 
consistent approach to such risks and to pool 
expertise in risk management, as appropriate. 
Nevertheless, the Board considers that it 
is also appropriate for risk registers to be 
maintained at the Group level and also at 
each of the Group’s trading businesses. 
Senior management at its Content and Data 
& Digital Media practices are responsible for 
maintaining risk registers that record the risks 
that are specific to each business.

The Group is a global one, well suited to 
the challenges of the international age and 
adaptable to political and cultural changes. 
Whilst it is headquartered in London, its 
business is multinational and Brexit has 
not significantly impacted our operations. 
Google’s announcement that it will be 
blocking third-party cookies by 2022 presents 
both a significant opportunity and challenge 
to the Group, given that several of our 
programmatic activities are built on top of 
the third-party cookie. Nevertheless, rather 
than resisting changes we will adapt to them 
and seek to find opportunities within them 
to evolve and we are working closely with 
Google to find solutions. We have seen a 
major increase in client interest in our data 
and analytics capabilities as a result.

Risk movement
The risks and uncertainties faced by the 
Group continues to evolve as the Group 
expands and establishes itself in new 
jurisdictions which present further challenges 
and risks. As a result, the Board continuously 
evaluates the movement in the risks outlined 
on the following pages.

Risks
The principal risks and uncertainties that 
the Board believes could have a significant 
adverse impact on the Group’s business are 
set out on pages 32 to 36.

31

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

Description

Management actions

Economic environment

Adverse developments in the global 
economy or the local economies in the 
territories where the Group has operations 
could impact the level of demand for the 
Group’s services.

We operate in highly competitive markets, 
where customer behaviour, needs and 
demands are evolving due to digitisation, 
energy efficiency, climate change, government 
initiatives and the general economic outlook. 
Failure to react appropriately and rapidly to 
changes in customer behaviour could result in 
the erosion of our customer base, leading to 
reduced revenues and associated margins.

Given the diversity of our customer base 
and the various industries which we serve, 
it is generally possible to contain the 
impact of these adverse conditions. Each 
business continually reviews its routes to 
market, changes in customer demands 
and expectations and cost base so that it 
can react appropriately to the impact of the 
wider economy. Any adverse impact on cash 
flow could be mitigated in the short term by 
controls over capital expenditure and other 
discretionary spend.

We continue to evolve a clearly defined people 
strategy based on culture and engagement, 
equality and wellbeing, talent development, 
training and reward and recognition 

The Group has established training, 
development, performance management and 
reward programmes to retain, develop and 
motivate our people. The Group regularly 
reviews the adequacy and strength of its 
management teams to ensure that appropriate 
experience and training is given such that 
there is not over reliance on any one individual.

Furthermore, the Group has continued to 
develop succession planning as part of the 
development programmes for our people.

The Board, making appropriate use of expert 
advisers where necessary, conducts strategic 
planning, due diligence and integration 
planning to ensure that potential business 
combinations meet the financial and other 
criteria set by the Board.

Management will seek to carry out organic 
expansion into new geographies in order to 
meet the needs of an existing client or clients, 
thereby reducing uncertainty in the start-up 
phase of any office. Moreover, the Group will 
seek to scale new sales offices in line with 
increasing client demand.

People and leadership

The quality of the services provided by 
the Group’s businesses are fundamentally 
derived from the quality of the Group’s 
people. The Group’s performance could 
therefore be adversely affected if it is not 
able to recruit, train and retain key talent 
in the Group’s businesses and at the 
Group level.

A number of individuals are key to 
the management and performance of 
MediaMonks, MightyHive and the execution 
of the Group’s overall strategy. The Directors 
believe that the loss of key people could 
significantly impede the Group’s financial 
plans, product development, project 
completion, marketing and other plans.

Strategic 

The Group’s future results of operation and 
financial performance are partly dependent 
on the successful implementation of the 
Group’s strategy.

The Group’s strategy is to build a purely 
digital multinational advertising and 
marketing services business, initially by 
business combinations and long term 
through robust organic growth.

In the short and medium term, the success 
of the Group’s strategy will therefore depend 
on the Group’s ability to identify and merge 
with suitable targets. There is a risk that 
the Group will not be able to source or 
complete additional business combinations 
on commercially acceptable terms or at 
all. Material management time and Group 
resources may be allocated to evaluating 
potential target entities that are not ultimately 
merged with by the Group. Moreover, when 
the Group completes mergers, there is a risk 
that the acquired business may not perform 
in line with management expectations, or 
result in the Group’s assumption of unforeseen 
liabilities. As the Group’s strategy is to operate 
on a unitary basis, there is also a risk that the 
integration of any merged business does not 
proceed in accordance with management’s 
expectations.

The implementation of the Group’s strategy is 
also likely to result in the allocation of Group 
resources and management time to winning 
business in new geographies. There is a risk 
that such new offices fail to perform in line with 
management expectations.

32

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Risk

Description

Management actions

Strategic continued

The Group is dependent on relationships 
with certain third parties with significant 
market positions, particularly Google 
Marketing Platform and the rest of the 
Google advertising ecosystem and an 
unnamed telecommunications company 
(subject to a NDA), but also Amazon 
and Facebook.

Our activities depend in part on services 
provided by third parties. The Group relies 
upon the good performance of its suppliers 
and subcontractors to meet the obligations 
defined under their contracts. Vendors and 
supply chain dependencies could negatively 
impact S4Capital’s operations and security of 
data, systems, and services. 

As part of the Group’s strategy, the 
Directors intend to identify suitable 
merger opportunities. The Group may not 
successfully identify and complete, or, 
if completed, integrate suitable merger 
opportunities in the future.

If the Group fails to complete a proposed 
merger it may be left with substantial 
unrecovered transaction costs, which could 
adversely affect subsequent attempts to 
acquire another target business. When a 
substantial business operation is acquired by 
the Group there is no certainty that the Group 
will be able to successfully implement change 
programmes within a reasonable timescale 
and cost, which may adversely impact the 
Group’s business and prospects.

The Group conducts due diligence as 
it deems responsibly practicable and 
appropriate based on the facts and 
circumstances applicable to any business 
combination under consideration. Material 
facts or circumstances may not be revealed 
in the due diligence and may service once 
the integration starts.

A due diligence investigation could fail to 
correctly identify material issues and liabilities 
in a target business, or an investigation could 
reveal a material risk that the Group considers 
to be commercially acceptable. Both scenarios 
could result in the Group subsequently 
incurring substantial losses.

S4Capital has a low appetite for dependency 
on third parties in its critical processes. 
S4Capital strives to minimize outsourcing of 
activities directly related to its core processes 
or platform to avoid dependency on suppliers. 

In order to secure supplies of goods and 
services, the contracts signed with third 
parties include, whenever possible, clauses for 
service, continuity and responsibility. 

Supplier performance is continually monitored 
and assessed so that supplier development 
programmes can be launched if performance 
standards fall below expectations.

A supplier relation management programme 
has been developed with a growing number 
of strategic suppliers. 

Also business continuity plans are developed 
by the Group’s different operating entities to 
ensure the longterm viability of all commercial 
and operational activities.

There is considerable knowledge and expertise 
within the Group with regard to acquisitions. 
An experienced acquisition team, together 
with external advisors where appropriate, is 
involved in all acquisition activity and we have a 
proven track record of successfully integrating 
businesses into the wider Group. We perform 
pre-transaction due diligence and closely 
monitor actual performance to ensure we are 
meeting operational and financial targets.

Any divergence from these plans will result in 
management action to improve performance 
and minimise the risk of any impairments. 
Executive management and the Board receive 
regular reports on the status of acquisitions and 
mergers, with a formal review once per year.

The Group makes use of expert advisers 
to conduct due diligence. In addition, 
warranties and indemnifications are included 
in transaction documents and/or a W&I 
insurance is included. Following each business 
combination a post merger integration team 
consults with the new business to implement 
its standards e.g. for financial, legal and tax 
areas. Finally, the Group integrates the newly-
combined company into its standard monthly 
reporting cycle where (financial) risks, if any 
are identified.

33

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

Description

Management actions

Strategic continued

Google, a key customer to us, recently 
announced that third-party cookies would 
be blocked in Chrome by 2022. As a result, 
in the next 24 months, third-party cookies 
will become effectively unusable for 
advertising measurement and many forms 
of third-party data already challenged by 
GDPR since May 2018, will cease to exist.

As with many businesses in the programmatic 
space, a number of MightyHive services are 
built to some extent on top of the third-party 
cookie, such as programmatic audience 
activation, dynamic creative, and advanced 
attribution. In their current state, these 
technologies will not work in two years’ 
time. Unless we adapt to these changes, our 
business will be severely threatened.

Competitive environment

The digital media and communication 
services industry is highly competitive. 
The Group’s revenues and/or margins 
could be reduced if clients are lost to 
competitors, competition erodes the 
Group’s pricing power or the economic 
environment results in lower demand for 
advertising and marketing services of the 
type which the Group provides.

The advertising and marketing services 
industry is subject to significant and rapid 
change.

The Group’s competitors include large 
multinational advertising and marketing 
communication companies, regional and 
national marketing services companies and 
new market participants, such as consultancy 
businesses and technology companies.

It is part of the Group’s strategy to exploit 
the current disruption of the advertising and 
marketing services industry. Nevertheless, 
there is a risk that future trends in the 
advertising and marketing services industry 
will present challenges to the Group as an 
incumbent and corresponding opportunities  
to disruptive competitors.

Any negative impact on the reputation 
of and value associated with any of the 
Group’s trading names could have a 
material adverse effect on its business and 
results of operations.

The execution of the Group’s strategy may 
fail to maintain the reputation of the Group’s 
trading names. Adverse media comment 
or difficulty in the provision of the Group’s 
services may damage its reputation.

We will look to move with the market, as opposed 
to push against it and seek short-term fixes.

We will seek to innovate and adapt with these 
changes opening up new opportunities for 
more advanced and smarter marketers in a 
new cookie-less era.

We have already started developing targeting 
and measurement approaches independent 
of cookie-based approaches for use on 
multiple bidding and measurement platforms. 
Further, as a leading Google partner, we will 
be collaborating closely with Google on its 
‘Privacy Sandbox’ protocols and work hard to 
bring these solutions to our clients.

We have invested heavily into data science, 
API and cloud-driven solutions to help 
marketers gradually increase the utility of their 
first-party data while simultaneously reducing 
reliance on third-party cookie pools. We have 
already seen a significant increase in client 
demand for our data and analytics services.

The Group’s strategy is to build a purely 
digital multinational advertising and marketing 
services business, initially by mergers.

In order to differentiate itself from competitors, 
the Group is focused on purely digital, end-to-
end marketing services.

The Group has combined best-in-class 
businesses on a single profit-centre basis, 
promoting alignment, an integrated service 
offering and emphasising transparency to 
clients. As one of the first such businesses 
in the advertising and marketing sectors, 
the Group therefore seeks to capitalise on 
first-mover advantage and establish durable 
client relationships that will mitigate against 
competitive threats in the sector.

The Group safeguards reputational risk in 
other risk disciplines. In addition, the Group 
works with a transparent and stable business 
model with solid ratios.

34

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Risk

Description

Management actions

IT and data security

The Group is subject to a number of laws 
relating to privacy and data protection 
governing its ability to collect and use 
personal information. These data protection 
and privacy-related laws and regulations 
are becoming increasingly restrictive 
and complex and may result in greater 
regulatory oversight and increased levels of 
enforcement and sanctions.

The European Union’s General Data 
Protection Regulation (GDPR) and, 
following Brexit, the UK version of GDPR, 
both provide for fines of up to 4% of global 
turnover to be levied for breaches.

The Group may be vulnerable to hacking, 
identity theft and fraud.

The privacy laws to which the Group is subject 
could, in addition to increasing compliance 
costs, result in investigative or enforcement 
action against the Group, legal claims, 
damage to the Group’s reputation and the loss 
of clients.

To the extent that data protection regulation 
and legislation, in the EU or in any other 
territory, restricts or prevents the Group’s 
clients from using underlying customer 
data to tailor and target marketing and 
advertisements, their digital marketing budget 
and/or expenditure on the Group’s services 
could decrease.

A failure of, or breach in, cybersecurity 
may cause the Group to lose proprietary 
information, suffer data corruption, or lose 
operational capacity.

Cyber incidents may cause disruption and 
impact business operations, potentially 
resulting in financial losses, impediments 
to trading, violations of applicable privacy 
and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, 
reputational damage, reimbursement or 
other compensation costs, or additional 
compliance costs.

The intellectual property rights of the Group 
are important to its business. There is a risk 
that title to the relevant intellectual property 
rights has not been properly assigned to 
the Group. There is a risk that third-party 
distributors of intellectual property could 
allege that the Group has not complied with 
the conditions of a licence.

Employees, sub-contractors or licensors may 
take action to enforce intellectual property 
rights against the Group and/or its respective 
clients. Should such risks materialise the 
Group may be subject to litigation or incur 
reputational damage which could have a 
material adverse effect on the Group.

Financial

The Group has exposure to credit risk 
through the default of a client or other 
counterparty.

The Group’s operating business are generally 
paid for their services in arrears. Accordingly, 
the Group is therefore exposed to the risk 
that a client or other counterparty is unable to 
pay all or any of an amount due to the Group. 
A relatively small number of clients make up a 
significant percentage of the Group’s debtors.

Failure by a client or other counterparty to 
pay the Group in accordance with agreed 
contractual terms may result in costs and 
expenses arising in connection with legal 
action to recover any such debts. If such debts 
are not paid in full and in a timely manner, 
the business, revenues, results of operations, 
financial condition and prospects of the Group 
could be adversely affected.

The Group has developed guidelines for 
compliance with data privacy laws in the 
territories in which it operates and has 
structured its service offerings around a core 
of compliance with data protection and privacy 
laws. The Group ensures that its people 
are properly trained on the implications of 
applicable data privacy legislation.

The Group has in place security measures in 
an effort to prevent malicious cyber attacks.

The Group has in place security measures 
and guidelines in an effort to prevent hacking, 
identity theft and fraud, including the loss of 
intellectual property.

The Group has developed confidentiality and 
proprietary information agreements with our 
employees and partners.

The Group makes credit checks and monitors 
its exposure to individual clients and 
negotiates payment terms in light of the credit 
worthiness of its counterparties.

The Group is cash generative and the Board 
maintains focus on the Group’s working capital 
needs.

35

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 1Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

Description

Management actions

Financial continued

The Group does and expects to continue 
to generate a significant proportion 
of its revenue in US dollars and other 
currencies. There is a risk that any 
significant movement in foreign exchange 
rates between Pound Sterling and other 
currencies in which revenue is generated 
could have an impact on the Group’s results 
and financial position.

Changes in exchange rates between 
euros and other currencies could lead to 
significant changes in the Group’s reported 
financial results. There is no assurance that 
arrangements made to manage this risk will be 
sufficient to reduce the material adverse effect 
foreign exchange fluctuations could have on 
the Group’s business, financial condition, 
results of operations and prospects.

The operating cash flows provide a natural 
hedge since payouts to suppliers and 
employees are included in the same currency.

Cash balances are monitored on a daily basis 
and any surplus is frequently converted into 
the currency needed.

The Group holds 50% of the term loan in 
US dollars.

Regulatory, sanctions and taxation

The Group is and will continue to be subject 
to strict anti-corruption, anti-bribery and 
anti-trust legislation and enforcement in the 
countries in which it operates.

The Group may be subject to regulations 
restricting its activities or effecting changes 
in taxation.

The Group is and will continue to be 
subject to the laws of the UK, the US, 
the EU and other jurisdictions that impose 
sanctions and regulate the supply of 
services to certain countries.

The Group has a strict anti-bribery and 
corruption policy on which it is training all  
of its people.

The Group takes external professional advice 
on its group structuring, including in relation 
to its acquisitions and does not participate in 
overly-aggressive tax planning strategies.

In addition to external professional advice, 
the Group has a transfer pricing policy in place 
for both practices.

The Group may operate in a number of 
markets where the corruption risk has been 
identified as high by organisations such as 
Transparency International. Failure to comply 
or to create a corporate environment opposed 
to corruption or failing to instil business 
practices that prevent corruption could expose 
the Group and senior officers to civil and 
criminal sanctions.

Changes in local or international tax rules, 
for example prompted by the OECD’s Base 
Erosion and Profit Shifting project (a global 
initiative to improve the fairness and integrity 
of tax systems), changes arising from the 
application of existing rules, or new challenges 
by tax or competition authorities, for 
example, the European Commission’s State. 
Aid investigation into the UK tax relating to 
overseas subsidiaries may expose the Group 
to significant additional tax liabilities, which 
would affect the future tax charge.

Failure to comply with these laws could 
expose the Group to civil and criminal 
penalties including fines and the imposition of 
economic sanctions against the Group.

This could cause reputational damage and 
withdrawal of banking facilities, which could 
materially impact the Group’s financial position 
and prospects, as well as its ability to execute 
its strategy.

The Strategic Report on pages 7 to 36 was approved by the Board of Directors on 7 May 2021 and signed on its 
behalf by:

Sir Martin Sorrell 
Executive Chairman 

Peter Rademaker
Group Chief Financial Officer

36

Strategic ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Industry 
outlook

39   Resilience, recovery, acceleration

by Sir Martin Sorrell

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

37

 
38

Industry outlookS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Resilience, 
recovery, 
acceleration

By Sir Martin Sorrell

You have to find the silver linings
The nature of our client base contributed 
significantly to our resilience during the 
pandemic. Technology and healthcare 
together account for more than half of our 
client spend and those were sectors that 
didn’t stop their marketing and in some 
cases reinforced it. Our people played a huge 
part; they are entrepreneurial and can turn 
on a sixpence. And our values of ‘speed, 
quality, value’ or ‘faster, better, cheaper’ 
were paramount. 

During lockdown, clients were more available 
than ever before and wanted to talk about 
the challenges they faced, at a time when our 
competitors were often hiding from view. 

Then we found three revenue streams that 
simply exploded. Animation – as any of the 
Hollywood studios will attest – went vertical, 
for the simple reason that you don’t need 
people. Robotics was another. When we 
acquired Caramel Pictures, we’d laughed that 
we’d bought more robots than people, and 
now that proved prophetic. 

The third area was the conversion of live 
events to online events, which enabled us to 
deliver some very effective virtual experiences 
for major clients. 

Digital adoption has accelerated
On the whole, covid-19 didn’t create 
new trends; it accelerated existing ones. 
Digital adoption was stepped up by 
consumers. During the early days of the 
pandemic some 30% of US households 
went online for groceries for the first time; 
online education took off; and streaming 
went through the roof. Disney+ was targeting 
70-80 million consumers by 2024, but it 
rapidly went to 100 million (and forecasts 
240 million for 2024) and found itself 
competing with Netflix. 

Alan Jope tells the story that when he was 
running Unilever in China during the SARS 
outbreak, there was this massive surge among 
Chinese online; in 2020 we saw a similarity 
when Nike gave away their fitness app to 
the Chinese consumer for free – it sparked a 
significant uptick in online activity. 

The tech giants, whether Google, Facebook 
and Amazon, or Alibaba, Tencent and Tik-
Tok are all set to emerge from the pandemic 
stronger than ever. Digital adoption has 
also been stepped up at enterprise level. 
Before the pandemic, fmcg companies were 
jogging along at 2% or 3% or 4% each year 
with no inflation, zero pricing power and EPS 
gains squeezed from focus on costs and 
share buybacks. 

Covid-19 blew a hole in that, and as a result 
the change agents in these companies have 
been given much more oxygen. The package 
goods companies started deploying more 
money to digital because that’s where the 
harder sell can be made at times like these. 
And as one ex-CMO told me: “If Amazon isn’t 
copying your business model, you don’t have 
a good one.” 

39

2S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Resilience, recovery, acceleration continued

Pandemic patterns

Vertical

Technology & telecom

Data & analytics

Ecommerce

FMGC/CPG

SMB/Agencies

Travel & leisure

Financial services

Retail online

Retail offline

Auto

Media & entertainment

Pharma/healthcare

Telemedicine

Fashion & luxury

Shape

V

V

V

V/U

U/L

L

V

V

L

U/W

V/U

V

V

U

World economic outlook growth projections 
January 2021

World output

2.8

5.5

4.2

2019

2020

2021

2022

-3.5

Advanced economies

1.7

4.3

3.1

2019

2020

2021

2022

-4.9

Emerging markets and developing economies

6.3

5.0

3.7

2019

2020

2021

2022

Source: imf.org

-2.4

Revenue of 
selected tech 
companies 
2020v2019 Q3

+35%

260.5

2019

2020

193.1

+4%
182.7

175.8

Sources: Statista; company filings

40

+9%
125.6

115.8

+13%
110.2

97.3

+17%
57.9

49.6

Industry outlookS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020A reverse square root recovery
During 2020, I was sent an employment graph 
for US non-farm payrolls. It was eerie, it showed 
a square root sign precisely in reverse: a sharp 
fall followed by a sharp recovery, but not quite 
to the levels it was before. That’s going to be 
the overall shape of the economic recovery, 
but there’s quite a lot of variation in between. 
In sectors like tech and healthcare, games and 
online financial services, online education and 
online groceries it has already looked like a V. 
In fmcg, autos and luxury goods it could be 
more of a U or even a W. And for the hardest hit 
sectors – travel, hospitality and offline retail, for 
example – it will be more of an L. In the worst 
cases it could even be chair shaped, but we 
haven’t come across this yet. 

I’m very bullish on 2021, which will be like 
2010 all over again, and on 2022, when the 
general forecast is for global GDP up 4-4.5%. 
(When was the last time we saw GDP growth 
at those levels?) One reason for optimism is 
that governments are going to pump-prime the 
recovery. During the Global Financial Crisis, 
it took a long time for US Treasury Secretary 
Hank Paulson to get Congress to agree to 
the TARPs (Troubled Asset Relief Programs) 
because people thought the banks were to 
blame, so why bail them out? But this time 
covid-19 has affected everybody, so morally 
governments have to get everybody back on 
their feet. Of course, it’s not going to be even: 
China has made an astonishing comeback, 
others like Brazil have been much harder. 
But the next two years are going to be strong. 

We are crossing a rubicon
From now on, most advertising will be 
digital. Magna reckoned that in 2020 global 
advertising shrank by 4.2%, but spending 
on digital formats rose 8% to reach an 
overall share of 59%. WPP put the growth 
in digital at 5%. Whatever the actual figure, 
what’s clear is that from now on, digital is 
going to be the majority of all advertising. 
MoffettNathanson has predicted 20+% 
growth for US digital in 2021, and a market 
share of nearly 70% by 2024.

When I worked at Saatchi & Saatchi in the 
1960s and 1970s, we always reckoned 
that if GDP went up in the UK by 1%, then 

advertising would go up a bit faster. Right now 
I believe that’s true specifically of digital 
advertising. Brightblue – MightyHive’s data 
analytics and measurement consultancy – 
ran an analysis and what they found was 
a strong correlation between digital ad 
spend and consumer confidence. That has 
implications for media. Print won’t disappear, 
but newspapers will increasingly go online. 
And streaming services will open up to 
advertising. Last summer the millennials in the 
house where I was staying were amazed when 
I put on Spotify and it had ads between the 
songs. My view is that Netflix will go the same 
way; it will take ads and keep ad-free content 
at a premium price. So traditional TV channels 
are going to be under new pressure from 
the streamers.

The old and the new 
“A foolish consistency is the hobgoblin of little 
minds,” Ralph Waldo Emerson once wrote, 
by which he meant that doing things the same 
old way will get you nowhere. The holding 
company idea has been around for far longer 
than people realise (Marion Harper invented it 
at IPG in the 1950s when he saw it as a way 
to grab extra market share). 

The advertising holding companies were trying 
to simplify their structure before covid-19 
came along, but if anything, they’ve become 
more vertical. They’ve also had to cut jobs and 
seen their profits disappear as the pandemic 
exposed their frailties. So our view, that the 
only solution is for private equity to break 
them up, hasn’t changed. Otherwise, they will 
become zombies, or the walking dead.

To change something, you build a new model 
that makes the existing one obsolete, said 
another wise old bird, Buckminster Fuller, and 
that’s what we’ve done. Today the holding 
companies aren’t our biggest competitor, 
it’s Accenture.

In the last 12 months, our own model – digital 
only; our holy trinity of first-party data, digital 
content and digital media; faster, better, cheaper; 
and our unitary structure – has gained significant 
traction. We’ve passed the phases of brand 
awareness, brand trial, and proof of concept. 
We are well on course in our ambition to make 
us the relevant agency of the next decade. 

41

2S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Resilience, recovery, acceleration continued

44%

23%

19%
14%

46%

34%

11%

9%

69%

22%

5%

3%

5
0
0
2

7
6
0
0
0
0
2
2
Online

8
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

0
1
0
2

1
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

E
0
2
0
2

E
1
2
0
2

E
2
2
0
2

E
3
2
0
2

E
4
2
0
2

2
0
0
2

4
0
0
2

3
0
0
2
Other

6
9
9
1

7
9
9
1

8
9
9
1

9
9
9
1

Print

1
0
0
2

0
0
0
2
TV

Source: MoffettNathanson

US ad
dollars mix
1996–2024E 

90%

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%

Global
advertising
spend as a
% of GDP 

0.80%

0.60%

0.40%

0.20%

0.00%

2010

2012

2014

2016

2018

2020

2022

Total spend

Analogue

Digital

Source: ZenithOptimedia

42

Industry outlookS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
Growing our whoppers
People say marketing’s about the sizzle, 
not the sausage. But you need some meat 
(or its vegan equivalent) on the griddle in 
order to build your business. In 2020, we set 
ourselves a ‘20 squared’ target, to develop 
20 clients, or ‘whoppers’, each generating 
more than $20 million revenue per year. 
(I took the idea unashamedly from the 
admirable marketing tech company Globant, 
and when the Financial Times interviewed me 
in November 2020, I tried to persuade them 
to do it in a Burger King outlet.) By the end 
of 2020 we had secured five for 2021: Google; 
our major NDA tech company; BMW/MINI; 
Mondel z; and Facebook. Now, two more 
are on the cusp already.

We’ve already identified another 10 potential 
whoppers, companies where we have 
$5 million, $10 million or $15 million of 
existing revenues; or $2 million to $10 million 
of revenue; we have to identify a further five. 
It will take us a few years to get there. 

One way we can win whoppers is by adding 
and adding more revenue with our existing 
clients – that’s actually the better way to do it. 
Of the five we have, three are tech clients, and 
that’s how we want to keep it, with the ratio of 
tech whoppers at 55% or 60% so that we will 
always be tech focused. Tech companies look 
at the sky, some others look at their boots. 
Our whopper strategy is all about conversion 

at scale: winning big. And in 2021 one of our 
key objectives is to add some sizzle to those 
whoppers we’ve already landed. 

At one with ourselves
In 2021 our unitary vision will come to fruition. 
This year we will re-brand MediaMonks and 
MightyHive as one firm with one P&L, just like 
Goldman Sachs or McKinsey. We’ve been 
working towards this since the moment S4 
was formed, and all our people have really 
come on board with that strategy. It’s the 
opposite of the market share model where 
you buy extra brands to get a little bit more 
share; it’s about building something that is 
excellent, in which everybody works together 
and has a shared purpose. And more than 
that, it’s a commitment to all our stakeholders 
to provide the best our industry has to offer. 

For our clients, we are their Partner of Record 
– an engine of innovation and a source of 
agility. For our people it will mean growth 
opportunities; the ability to join A-class 
teams; the chance to learn from others 
around the world; and helping to build the 
very best workplace. Right from the start 
we said we will not acquire other agencies; 
they will merge with us and ‘buy into’ our 
vision and mission. And during the pandemic 
that sense of unity has been a real source 
of strength: all for one, and one for all. Or, 
to adopt Young & Rubicam’s mantra of the 
1990s, “Better together”. 

1

2

www.s4capital.com/annualreport20

Whoppers, coiled springs and reverse 
square roots
Watch Sir Martin Sorrell in conversation 
with Firewood founder, Lanya Zambrano, 
looking back at the transformational 
changes in 2020 and seizing the decade 
to come.

1.  Sir Martin Sorrell, Founder and Executive 

Chairman, S4Capital

2.  Lanya Zambrano, President and Founder, 

Firewood Marketing

43

2S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Resilience, recovery, acceleration continued

Rome wasn’t built in a day
Our third objective for 2021 is to broaden 
our services through more mergers. We have 
already invested heavily in data analytics 
alongside content and production capabilities; 
marketing systems integration will be another 
very significant area going forward. We are 
cash rich after our fund raise, and compared 
to private equity, with whom we are competing 
to make these deals, our time horizons 
are much longer. We ask our technology 
partners to tell us who the good companies 
are. And we have a clear set of criteria for 
the deals we are looking for: strong top-line 
growth; good margins; companies that are 
not technologically dependent but part of the 
service sector; and the management has a 
strong shareowner interest in the business. 

We do need to tweak the balance as we move 
forward. Geographically, at the moment we 
are split 70:20:10 (on a gross profit basis) 
between the Americas/EMEA/APAC and we’d 
like that to be 40:20:40, although where we 
are ain’t bad with the huge Biden injection into 
the US economy. Discipline wise, we are split 
70:30 between Content and Data & Digital 
Media; and we’d like that to be 60:40. 

If you bring together 
people with different 
backgrounds, 
experiences, cultures 
and disciplines, and 
give them the chance to 
grow, you can achieve 
extraordinary things

44

Quality is paramount as we look to expand. 
As Maurice Saatchi used to say, if you’re the 
best, you become the biggest. So our first 
objective is to be the best, but after that, 
who knows?

A lesson from underground
Remember a decade ago the 33 Chilean 
mining engineers who were trapped 
700 metres underground? At first it looked 
impossible that anything could be done to 
save them, but the President nevertheless said 
he would get them out one way or another. 
A 24-year-old field engineer, Igor Proestakis, 
gave him an idea, and they dug a borehole 
into which they could insert a capsule that 
was just big enough to hold a person. After 69 
days, every single one of Los 33 was rescued 
alive. The Harvard Business Review wrote 
a fascinating case study about this mission 
(https://hbr.org/2013/07/leadership-lessons-
from-the-chilean-mine-rescue).

It showed the power of the combination of 
experience and wisdom on the one hand, 
and intelligence and fearlessness on the 
other. But what it really demonstrates is that 
nothing’s impossible if you set your mind 
to it, and that’s a lesson our people prove 
day after day. They are our best asset: every 
single one has a contribution to make, and 
we are constantly on the lookout for talent. 
If you bring together people with different 
backgrounds, experiences, cultures and 
disciplines, and give them the chance to grow, 
you can achieve extraordinary things. 

Metamorphosis and other short stories
We don’t own technology, but we do share 
some of the growth characteristics of tech 
stocks. 2020 saw our fledgling Group make 
remarkable progress, both in winning the trust 
of some of the world’s top brands and being 
joined by exceptional businesses around the 
world. All that was achieved in the face of the 
greatest global crisis in decades. Our original 
three-year plan envisaged us doubling both 
our top and bottom lines between 2019 and 
2021 – our 2020-2023 plan had the same 
objective. The new marketing age is up and 
running and, thanks to our investors, the 
peanut has now metamorphosed into a triple 
£ and quadruple $ unicorn. 

Industry outlookS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Life in the 
new decade

46   Twenty on the 20s

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

45

Twenty on the 20s

Twenty
on the

We asked people from 
around the S4Capital world 
to share their thoughts and 
hopes for 2021 and beyond.  
Watch their 20-second videos 
at www.s4capital.com/
annualreport20/twenty.

“My biggest wish 
for 2021 is that 
we continue to be 
kind to each other. 
And remember the 
people that we’ve 
learned to value 
so much more.” 

Liza Mock

46

“First party data 
will be the key 
differentiator as 
marketers need to 
better understand 
customer intent 
and achieve 
higher levels 
of engagement.”

Margaret 
Ma Connolly

“My hope is that 
humanity as a whole 
will see that we are 
all interconnected 
and that disease 
in one part of the 
world, and our 
response, can 
affect all the parts 
of the world.”

Alfred Mohammed

*  See inside back cover.

Life in the new decadeS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020“Many of us have had 
to rewrite our lives… 
not only have we 
accomplished that, 
I think that we’ve done 
so with grace, and 
I find that inspiring.”

India Everett

“Companies that will 
thrive in the future are 
those that measure 
things quickly, react 
from that measurement 
and deploy things 
in a very quick and 
agile way.” 

Michael Cross

“Covid-19 forced us 
to break routine…
to find new hobbies, 
new skills and new 
perspectives: it’s 
helped us to become 
more curious.”

Shea Warnes

“What I’d really 
love to see is 
people using 
digital for good, 
enabled by data, 
content, media and 
all the great things 
that we’re doing on 
a daily basis.”

Tobias Wilson

“I think the days of 
a requirement to be 
in the office eight to 
five Monday through 
Friday, no exceptions, 
are behind us.”

John Ghiorso

47

3S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Twenty on the 20s continued

“In 2020, you got 
a standing desk, 
in 2021, you’ll get 
a tall chair.”

Adam Strom

“We’ve learnt that 
team members 
don’t need to be 
in proximity… 
we can all be 
miles from each 
other and still 
get beautiful 
work out.”

Mansi Mehta

“We’ll see amazing 
innovations in experiential 
marketing: AR flashmobs 
or mixed reality storytelling 
brought to you by brands 
you love, and with music, 
art and film all around you. 
Magic!”

Leanne Chabalko

“My hope is 
that in the 2020s, 
government 
and industries 
around the world 
will unite and 
find meaningful 
solutions against 
global warming.” 

Marcel Sibitz

48

“More digital: things 
we can’t even imagine 
(although our kids 
can!). More kindness, 
self-awareness and 
humanity. And seeing 
our ambitious ESG 
vision achieved.”

Elizabeth Buchanan

“I predict more of a 
focus on mental health 
and appreciation of 
all the things we’ve 
missed: watercooler 
conversations, after 
work drinks and airport 
bars. (I really miss 
airport bars).”

Vincent  
Van De Wetering

Life in the new decadeS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020“I’m excited to see diversity, 
equity, inclusion take hold 
and for us to emerge from 
this pandemic with female 
leaders and visible minorities 
in leadership positions.”

Tessa Ohlendorf

“I hope we can 
foster a culture 
of collaboration 
globally. And after 
what we’ve all been 
through, one of the 
biggest learnings 
is the simplicity 
needed in our lives.”

Callum Pendleton

“Savvy brands are 
increasing their digital 
touchpoints and 
digital reach, so we’ll 
see a lot more virtual 
live experiences.”

Shiv Ramann

“When you’re sick,  
go home. Otherwise  
you’re compromising  
the wellbeing of 
yourself, your 
colleagues, your  
community – and even 
the planet’s wellbeing. 
Take it from me, 
at home, sick.”

Callum Fitzhardinge

“I think covid-19 
has really 
taught us how 
to work in a 
more adaptable 
and agile 
manner, with a 
healthy work/
life balance.”

Nafeesa Yousuf

49

3S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Governance 
and financial 
statements

51  Governance Report  
51  Leadership
51  Board of Directors
56   Executive Chairman’s governance statement
58  The role of the Board
62   Report of the Audit and Risk Committee
64   Report of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee

70  Remuneration Report
87  Directors’ report
91  Independent Auditor’s Report
93  Financial statements
149 Shareowner information

50

S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Leadership: 
Board of Directors

Sir Martin 
Sorrell
Executive Chairman

Wesley 
ter Haar 
Executive Director 

Victor 
Knaap
Executive Director 

Age: 76

Age: 42

Age: 43

Date of appointment to the Board: 
28 September 2018

Date of appointment to the Board:  
4 December 2018

Date of appointment to the Board: 
4 December 2018

Nationality: British

Nationality: Dutch

Nationality: Dutch

Sir Martin was Founder and CEO of 
WPP for 33 years, building it from a 
£1 million ‘shell’ company in 1985 
into the world’s largest advertising 
and marketing services company. 
When Sir Martin left in April 2018, 
WPP had a market capitalisation of 
over £16 billion, revenues of over 
£15 billion, profits of approximately 
£2 billion and over 200,000 people 
in 113 countries. Prior to that, 
Sir Martin was Group Financial 
Director of Saatchi & Saatchi plc for 
nine years and worked for James 
Gulliver, Mark McCormack and 
Glendinning Associates before that. 

Sir Martin supports a number of 
leading business schools and 
universities, including his alma 
maters, Harvard Business School 
and Cambridge University and a 
number of charities, including his 
family foundation. 

Current location:

17h 39m 29.2s 30o 55' 16.78"

Wesley ter Haar is the founder of 
MediaMonks. Under his ongoing 
leadership for nearly 20 years, 
Wesley has sought to wage war on 
mediocre digital production, growing 
MediaMonks from a humble 
production house into an end-to-
end creative and production partner, 
through aggressive expansion 
and many mergers throughout 
the years. Always looking to 
bring creative triumphs to justice, 
Wesley is the inaugural president 
of Cannes Lions’ Digital Craft jury 
and today serves on the Cannes 
Titanium Jury, which celebrates 
game-changing creativity. In 2018, 
ter Haar earned a coveted spot 
on the AdAge’s 2018 Creativity 
All-Stars list and was inducted into 
the ADCN Hall of Fame in 2018. 
He is a board member of SoDA 
(The Digital Society).

One of the world’s top 100 digital 
marketers, according to The 
Drum, Victor joined MediaMonks 
in 2003. He has helmed the 
company’s expansion across 
continents and areas of expertise 
ever since. Under his direction, 
MediaMonks grew into one of the 
most successful creative companies 
across the globe, employing over 
4,000 people worldwide. In addition 
to his business acumen, Victor’s 
a sought-after speaker, opinion 
leader, investor and philanthropist. 
A passionate advocate of enabling 
access to digital education and 
sustainable development, Victor 
sits on the UN Global Compact 
Board in The Netherlands, is 
part of the Dutch advisory board 
member for IAB and tries to scale 
one charity per year. In 2021, Victor 
will act as ambassador for the 
charity 100WEEKS, which aims to 
eradicate poverty via unconditional 
cash transfers.

Other current appointments:

 A Board member of Dutch charity 

GET IT DONE 

 A Advisory Board member of IAB NL

51

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Leadership: Board of Directors continued

Pete 
Kim
Executive Director

Christopher 
S. Martin
Executive Director

Age: 47

Age: 43

Date of appointment to the Board:  
24 December 2018

Date of appointment to the Board: 
24 December 2018

Nationality: American

Nationality: American

Pete is an experienced advertising 
technology executive with over 
a decade of industry leadership 
experience and has served as 
CEO of MightyHive since its 
founding in 2012.

Pete was formerly Head of Business 
Development for Google’s Media 
Platforms, and Director of Product 
Management at Yahoo!, where he 
helped pioneer the use of dynamic 
creative in marketing. 

Now spearheading the Data & 
Digital Media Practice for S4Capital 
after co-founding MightyHive in 
2012, Christopher has built a career 
leading successful operations 
and client services organisations 
in technical fields having earned 
his Bachelor of Science degree 
in Computer Engineering and 
MBA from The Wharton School. 
Christopher held multiple leadership 
positions within Yahoo! including the 
Corporate Controllership, Advanced 
Ad Targeting Products and latterly 
Mergers & Acquisitions focusing 
on the integrations of Dapper, 5to1 
and interclick.

Peter 
Rademaker
Executive Director and  
Group Chief Financial Officer

Age: 57

Date of appointment to the Board: 
4 December 2018

Nationality: Dutch

Peter joined MediaMonks as CFO in 
September 2015 with over 20 years’ 
experience as a financial officer 
in the media and entertainment 
industry. Before joining 
MediaMonks, he was CFO, and 
later CEO, at CMI Holding BV. 
Prior to this, he held various CFO 
positions at prominent Dutch media 
companies including Eyeworks 
and Talpa.

52

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Scott 
Spirit
Executive Director and  
Chief Growth Officer

Age: 44

Date of appointment to the Board: 
18 July 2019

Nationality: British

Scott is focused on clients, mergers 
and acquisitions and investor 
relations, and is based out of the 
Group’s newly opened Singapore 
office. Scott joined from Artificial 
Intelligence company, Eureka 
AI, where he continues to act as 
a board member and adviser. 
Previously he worked at WPP plc for 
15 years, latterly as Chief Strategy 
and Digital Officer. Scott was also 
a director of Nairobi-listed WPP-
Scangroup PLC. Prior to his time 
at WPP he worked at Deloitte and 
Associated Newspapers.

Elizabeth  
Buchanan
Non-Executive Director

Age: 46

Rupert  
Faure Walker
Non-Executive Director

Senior Independent Director

Date of appointment to the Board: 
12 July 2019

Chairman of the Audit and 
Risk Committee

Member of the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee

Age: 73

Date of appointment to the Board: 
28 September 2018

Nationality: British

Rupert qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant with Peat Marwick 
Mitchell in 1972. He joined Samuel 
Montagu in 1977 to pursue a career 
in corporate finance. Over a period 
of 34 years Rupert advised major 
corporate clients on mergers, 
acquisitions, IPOs and capital 
raisings, including advising WPP 
on its acquisitions of JWT, Ogilvy & 
Mather and Cordiant, together with 
related funding. He was appointed 
a director of Samuel Montagu in 
1982 and was Head of Corporate 
Finance between 1993 and 1998. 
He was a Managing Director of 
HSBC Investment Banking until his 
retirement in 2011.

Nationality: Australian

Elizabeth has had a distinguished 
career in the technology, digital and 
marketing/advertising industries with 
more than 20 years of experience 
with major brands including early 
Yahoo!, Uber and Omnicom. 
As Chief Commercial Officer at 
e-commerce technology disruptor 
Rokt, Elizabeth currently leads 
the GTM strategy and execution. 
Elizabeth was one of the founding 
team of Rokt in 2012 alongside her 
husband Bruce Buchanan (CEO). 
Prior to her return to Rokt, Elizabeth 
held the role of President of Global 
Transformation within Omnicom. 
Elizabeth is a proven entrepreneur 
having founded The White Agency in 
Australia in her twenties, which she 
built from a start-up into the most 
revered digital full-service agency in 
the country. Elizabeth successfully 
exited The White Agency when she 
sold it to STW Group (now WPP), 
and it continues to thrive today 
as whiteGREY.

Other current appointments:

 A Board member of Vital Voices 

Global Partnership

53

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Leadership: Board of Directors continued

Margaret  
Ma Connolly 
Non-Executive Director

Naoko  
Okumoto 
Non-Executive Director

Daniel 
Pinto 
Non-Executive Director

Age: 49

Age: 54

Age: 54

Date of appointment to the Board:  
10 December 2019 

Date of appointment to the Board: 
10 December 2019 

Date of appointment to the Board: 
24 December 2018

Nationality: American and Chinese 

Nationality: Japanese

Nationality: French and British

Margaret is President & CEO of 
Asia, Informa Markets, overseeing 
its businesses in mainland China, 
Japan, India, Korea, Hong Kong 
and ASEAN, a portfolio of more 
than 250 brands, which include 
industry-leading exhibitions and 
digital services across 13 countries. 
Margaret joined UBM in 2008, 
before its combination with Informa 
in 2018. In the last 12 years, she has 
spearheaded multiple milestones in 
key market sectors and successfully 
grown the business through 
organic development and strategic 
partnerships. Prior to this, she held 
senior positions at TNT and Global 
Sources, and is the co-founder of 
the leading online expat community 
ShanghaiExpat.com. Margaret is a 
member of Common Purpose Dao 
Xiang advisory board and received 
an MBA degree from Oxford 
Brookes Business School. 

Naoko is a senior-level investment 
and business development 
executive with a proven track record 
in building new business portfolios 
within Silicon Valley and APAC. 
She is the CEO and Managing 
Partner of Amber Bridge Partners, a 
strategic investment and consulting 
firm specialising in cross-border 
business development/investment/
operations between the US and Asia 
Pacific and Japan. She is also a 
Partner and Executive Advisor at Z 
Corporation, a technology fund and 
the Managing Director at Mistletoe 
USA. Prior to establishing her own 
firm, Naoko was a founding partner 
at World Innovation Lab, a global 
VC firm which raised $360 million 
for its first fund. Naoko was 
previously the Vice President of 
International Products and Business 
Management at Yahoo. Prior to 
this, she held senior management 
positions at TIBCO Software 
and Microsoft.

54

Daniel Pinto is the Founder, 
Chairman and CEO of Stanhope 
Capital, the global investment 
management and advisory group 
overseeing US$24 billion of client 
assets. He has considerable 
experience in asset management 
and merchant banking having 
advised prominent families, 
entrepreneurs, corporations and 
governments for over 25 years. 
Formerly Senior Banker at UBS 
Warburg in London and Paris 
concentrating on mergers and 
acquisitions, he was a member of 
the firm’s Executive Committee 
in France. He was also Chief 
Executive of a private equity fund 
backed by CVC Capital Partners. 
Daniel founded the New City 
Initiative, a think tank comprised of 
the leading independent UK and 
European investment management 
firms. He is the author of Capital 
Wars (Bloomsbury 2014), a book 
which won the prestigious Prix 
Turgot (Prix du Jury) and the HEC/
Manpower Foundation prize. 

Other current appointments: 

 A Director of Soparexo (Holding of 

Chateau Margaux) 

 A Director of the New City Initiative

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Miles 
Young 
Non-Executive Director

Age: 66

Date of appointment to the Board: 
1 July 2020

Nationality: British

Miles joined what was then the 
‘advertising’ business from Oxford in 
1973, eventually moving to Ogilvy & 
Mather. After a period in the Asia-
Pacific region, based in Hong Kong, 
and working especially in China, he 
moved to New York in 2008 as Chief 
Executive, then Chairman of Ogilvy 
& Mather Worldwide. From then until 
2016 he led a period of strong client 
growth and creative success. In 2016, 
he returned to his Alma Mater of 
New College in Oxford, where he is 
Warden. He is President of the Oxford 
Literary Festival and Chair of the 
Oxford Bach Soloists, amongst other 
voluntary activities.

Sue 
Prevezer QC
Non-Executive Director

Member of the Audit 
and Risk Committee 

Member of the Nomination 
and Remuneration 
Committee

Age: 62

Date of appointment to the Board: 
14 November 2018

Nationality: British

Sue is a qualified solicitor and 
barrister at Brick Court Chambers, 
where she practices as an arbitrator 
and mediator. She has over 25 
years of experience of arguing 
and managing large complex 
commercial cases at every level 
of the UK judicial system and in 
arbitration. From 2008-2020, Sue 
was Co-Managing Partner of law 
firm Quinn Emanuel Urquhart & 
Sullivan (UK) LLP where her clients 
included major corporates, funds, 
investors, trustees, office holders 
and high net worth individuals, for 
whom she managed complex, high 
value, domestic and international 
litigation. Sue has particular 
expertise in company, insolvency 
related, securitisation and 
restructuring litigation.

Paul 
Roy
Non-Executive Director 

Chairman of the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee 

Member of the Audit and 
Risk Committee 

Age: 73

Date of appointment to the Board: 
28 September 2018

Nationality: British

Paul has over 40 years’ experience 
in the banking, brokerage and asset 
management industries. In 2003, 
he co-founded NewSmith Capital 
Partners LLP, an independent 
investment management company, 
which was acquired by Man Group 
in 2015. Prior to that, he was 
Co-President of Global Markets 
and Investment Banking at Merrill 
Lynch & Co and had responsibility 
for worldwide Investment Banking, 
Debt and Equity Markets. He was 
previously CEO of Smith New Court 
Plc, a leading market making and 
brokerage firm on the London Stock 
Exchange. Between 2007 and 
2013, Paul served as Chairman of 
the British Horseracing Authority, 
responsible for governance and 
regulation of the sport.

55

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Executive Chairman’s 
governance statement

On behalf of the Board, I am 
pleased to present the Group’s 
governance statement for the 
year ended 31 December 2020. 

Our commitment to achieve high standards 
of governance informs the composition of 
the Board as well as the way it operates. 
I have held the role of Executive Chairman 
of the Company since 28 September 2018 
and there are now six other executives on 
the Board, ensuring that there is a substantial 
and robust challenge to my voice. There are 
eight independent Non-Executive Directors, 
following the appointment of Miles Young in 
2020, who together bring vast and differing 
experiences of the corporate world, know-
how and reputations as sage advisers. 
Our Board, which is designed, and willing, 
to challenge me, will help ensure that, 
even though S4Capital is my creation, it 
will continue to be crafted for the benefit 
of shareowners. The Board has discussed 
the scope of my role and remains satisfied 
that it is appropriate for me to continue 
to act in a combined capacity as the 
Executive Chairman.

As the Company has a Standard Listing, it is 
not formally required to comply with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (July 2018) 
issued by the Financial Reporting Council 
(‘the Code’). But we believe that governance, 
especially in relation to environmental and 
social issues, is critical to good business and 
we are committed to upholding the ethical 
standards to which our people and our 
clients aspire. 

2020 was another transformational year 
for your Company, with further business 
mergers and combinations taking place 
across over eight different jurisdictions. 
The business continued to perform in line with 
the expectations of its management and the 
Directors, despite the disruption caused by 
the covid-19 pandemic. We have established 
new, and continue to seek to improve existing, 
corporate governance structures which we 
consider are appropriate for a company of our 
size and ambition and commensurate with the 
growth we are experiencing. As the Company 
continues to expand into new jurisdictions 
and welcomes new people and clients, 
we will strive to ensure that our governance 
structures remain appropriate and effective 
so as to keep pace with such changes.

By  
Sir Martin 
Sorrell 

56

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020If we choose to raise further equity finance 
in the future, we will seek to allow existing 
shareowners to participate where possible. 
A key part of the Board’s commitment to high 
standards of governance is active dialogue 
with shareowners. We will be holding our third 
AGM on 7 June 2021 virtually from London. 
We continue to welcome dialogue and 
engagement with shareowners outside of our 
general meetings but look forward to ‘seeing’ 
many of you again on 7 June. 

Sir Martin Sorrell
Executive Chairman

7 May 2021

We were delighted to welcome Miles Young 
to the Board in July 2020. He brings a wealth 
of advertising industry experience, having 
spent almost 35 years at Ogilvy, ultimately 
as its global Chairman and CEO. We will 
continue to review the effectiveness of the 
Board and that of its committees on an annual 
basis to ensure that it continues to have 
the appropriate level of global experience 
and diversity. 

The Board comprises 11 men (73.3%) 
and four women (26.6%). The Board 
has four female and four male Non-
Executive Directors.

Half of the Board (excluding the Chairman) 
should comprise Non-Executive Directors 
determined by the Board to be independent 
in character and judgment and free from 
relationships or circumstances which 
may impair, or could appear to impair, the 
Director’s judgment. The Board considers 
Elizabeth Buchanan, Rupert Faure Walker, 
Margaret Ma Connolly, Naoko Okumoto, Sue 
Prevezer, Paul Roy, Daniel Pinto and Miles 
Young to be independent for these purposes.

We are grateful, once again, for the support 
we have received from shareowners during 
2020. Your support, including by participating 
in our equity fundraising in July 2020, helped 
to finance a number of mergers and continues 
to be reflected in our share price. 

57

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 The role of the Board

The strategy of the Group is set and the 
management of the Company is controlled 
by an experienced and effective Board. 
While the management teams of the Group’s 
operating businesses have an important role 
in running the Group’s day-to-day activities, 
a number of matters are formally reserved for 
the determination of the Board. These include 
setting strategy, evaluating corporate actions, 
incurring further debt and approving budgets 
and financial statements. Each of the Group’s 
operating businesses is represented by 
multiple executives at the Board level, 
contributing to the Group’s strategy of 
operating on a unitary basis. 

There were four scheduled meetings of the 
Board in the year to 31 December 2020 and a 
number of ad hoc meetings called to approve 
mergers we have undertaken. Attendance at 
these meetings is summarised on page 60. 
Our scheduled Board meetings consider 
business and financial performance, updates 
on key initiatives, strategy, reports from 
committees of the Board and shareowner 
communications and feedback. 

The Board also receives regular updates on 
the performance of the Group’s businesses, 
operational matters and legal updates from 
the Executive Chairman and the Executive 
Directors. All Board members have full 
access to the Group’s advisers for seeking 
professional advice at the Group’s expense. 
The Group’s wider organisational structure 
has clear lines of responsibility. Operating and 
financial responsibility for all subsidiary 
companies rests with the Board. 

Board composition
As at the date of this report, the Board 
comprises seven Executive Directors 
and eight Non-Executive Directors. 
Biographical details of each of the Directors, 
their dates of appointment and committee 
memberships are set out on pages 51 to 55. 

As referred to in the Executive Chairman’s 
governance statement, the roles of Chairman 
and Chief Executive of the Company are 
carried out on a combined basis by Sir Martin 
Sorrell. The Board has considered Sir Martin’s 
role as Executive Chairman in the context of 
the Board’s commitment to achieving high 
standards of corporate governance. 

Sir Martin has been a leading figure in the 
communication services industry for over 
40 years and the Board continues to be 
of the view that his expertise, knowledge 
and global network of relationships are an 
unparalleled advantage to the Group, the 
formulation and execution of its strategy and 
its day-to-day operations. In light of this, the 
Board believes that combining the roles of 
Chairman and Chief Executive is in the best 
interests of your Company, shareowners and 
other stakeholders. 

The Board believes that it can only continue 
to be effective with robust challenge and 
thoughtful advice being provided both at 
formal Board meetings and through informal 
interactions between Directors. Given the 
vast and differing experience and expertise of 
the Directors, the Board remains of the view 
that the combination of the roles of Chairman 
and Chief Executive has not affected the 
promotion of a culture of openness and 
debate and constructive relations between 
and among the Executive and Non-Executive 
members of the Board. 

58

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Committees of the Board
The Board has two committees: an Audit 
and Risk Committee and a Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee. If the need 
should arise, the Board may set up additional 
committees as appropriate. 

Audit and Risk Committee 
The Audit and Risk Committee’s role is to 
assist the Board of the Company with the 
discharge of its responsibilities in relation 
to external audits and controls, including 
reviewing the Group’s annual financial 
statements, considering the scope of the 
annual audit and the extent of the  
non-audit work undertaken by external 
auditors, advising on the appointment 
of external auditors and reviewing the 
effectiveness of the internal control systems 
in place within the Group. This has lead 
to the appointment of an internal control 
manager in April 2021.

The Audit and Risk Committee seeks to meet 
not fewer than three times a year. The Audit 
and Risk Committee is chaired by Rupert 
Faure Walker and its other members are Sue 
Prevezer and Paul Roy. Sir Martin Sorrell and 
Peter Rademaker may be invited to attend 
meetings of the Audit and Risk Committee, 
but are not entitled to count in the quorum of 
such meetings or vote on business. 

The report of the Audit and Risk Committee is 
set out on pages 62 to 63. 

Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee
The Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee assists the Board of the 
Company in determining the composition 
and makeup of the Board of the Company 
and recommends what policy the Company 
should adopt on executive remuneration, 
determines the levels of remuneration 
for each of the Executive Directors of the 
Company and recommends and monitors 
the remuneration of members of senior 
management. It is also responsible for 
periodically reviewing the structure of the 
Company’s Board and identifying potential 
candidates to be appointed as Directors, 
as the need may arise and for producing an 
annual Remuneration Report to be approved 
by the members of the Company at the 
Annual General Meeting. 

The Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee also determines succession plans 
for the Executive Chairman. The Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee meets when 
appropriate and not fewer than twice a 
year. The Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee is chaired by Paul Roy and its 
other members are Rupert Faure Walker and 
Sue Prevezer. Sir Martin Sorrell has observer 
rights and may be invited to attend meetings 
of the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee, but is not entitled to count in the 
quorum of such meetings or vote on business.

The report of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee is set out on pages 
64 to 69. 

59

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 The role of the Board continued

Scheduled Board and committee membership and attendance in the year to 
31 December 2020

Full Board

Audit and Risk 
Committee

Nomination 
and 
Remuneration 
Committee

Total number of scheduled meetings

Sir Martin Sorrell1

Rupert Faure Walker

Sue Prevezer

Victor Knaap

Wesley ter Haar

Peter Rademaker1 

Pete Kim

Christopher S. Martin

Daniel Pinto

Paul Roy

Scott Spirit

Elizabeth Buchanan

Naoko Okumoto

Margaret Ma Connolly

Miles Young2

Notes:

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

2

–

5

5

–

–

–

–

–

–

5

–

–

–

–

–

–

6

6

–

–

–

–

–

–

6

–

–

–

–

–

1.  Sir Martin Sorrell and Peter Rademaker attend the Audit and Risk Committee as invitees and not as a member of the Audit and 

Risk Committee. 

2.  Miles Young was appointed to the Board on 1 July 2020. 

60

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020In order to ensure that Sir Martin’s exercise 
of the rights attaching to the B Shares do not 
prejudice the Company’s ability to comply 
with the Listing Rules, Sir Martin and the 
Company have entered into a relationship 
agreement. Pursuant to this relationship 
agreement, Sir Martin has undertaken to 
ensure that: 

 A transactions and arrangements with Sir 

Martin (and/or any of his associates) will be 
conducted at arm’s length and on normal 
commercial terms; 

 A neither Sir Martin nor any of his associates 
will take any action that would have the 
effect of preventing the Company from 
complying with its obligations under the 
Listing Rules; and 

 A neither Sir Martin nor any of his associates 
will propose or procure the proposal of a 
shareowner resolution, which is intended or 
appears to be intended to circumvent the 
proper application of the Listing Rules. 

The Group has policies in place to ensure that 
the rights attaching to the B Share are not 
infringed. 

Controlling shareowner
As the founder of the Group, Sir Martin 
Sorrell has been issued with a B Share which 
provides him with enhanced control rights. 
As the owner of the B Share, Sir Martin has 
the right to: 

 A appoint one Director of the Company from 
time to time and remove or replace such 
Director from time to time; 

 A ensure no executives within the Group are 
appointed or removed without his consent; 

 A ensure no shareowner resolutions are 
proposed (save as required by law) or 
passed without his consent; and 

 A save as required by law, ensure no 

acquisition or disposal by the Company 
or any of its subsidiaries of an asset 
with a market or book value in excess 
of £100,000 (or such higher amount as 
Sir Martin may agree) may occur without 
his consent. 

The B Share will lose the B Share Rights if it is 
transferred by Sir Martin and also: 

(i)  in any event after 14 years from 28 September 
2018 (being the date on which the B Share 
was issued), or, if earlier, the date on which 
Sir Martin retires or dies; or 

(ii)  if Sir Martin sells any of the Ordinary 

Shares that he acquired on 28 September 
2018 (other than in order to pay tax 
arising in connection with his holding of 
such shares). 

61

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Report of the Audit  
and Risk Committee

The Audit and Risk Committee has 
an important role in ensuring the 
integrity of the Group’s financial 
report, monitoring the adequacy of 
the Group’s risk management and 
internal controls and overseeing the 
performance of the external auditors. 

By  
Rupert 
Faure Walker

I have been the Chairman of the Audit and 
Risk Committee since re-admission of the 
Company to the official list upon the reverse 
takeover of the S4Capital Group. The other 
members of the Committee are Sue Prevezer 
and Paul Roy. To promote interaction and 
information flow between the Audit and 
Risk Committee and the Board, Sir Martin 
Sorrell and Peter Rademaker may be invited 
to attend meetings of the Committee as an 
observer, but are not entitled to count in the 
quorum of such meetings or vote on business.

A company such as ours should consist of 
at least three independent non-executive 
directors who are independent in character 
and judgment and free from any relationship 
or circumstance which may, would be likely 
to, or could appear to, impair their judgment, 
and all members of the Committee should 
be independent. The Board considers all 
members of the Committee to be independent 
for these purposes. The Board is satisfied that 
the Committee as a whole has competence 
relevant to the sector in which the Company 
operates. As detailed in my biography on 
page 53, I have recent and relevant financial 
experience, and competence in accounting.

Attendance at Audit and Risk Committee 
meetings is set out on page 60.

As reported previously, we appointed 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) as our 
auditors as we felt it was more appropriate 
for a company with our size and ambition 
to have auditors with a truly global reach. 
The period under review is the third period 
audited by PwC. Mark Jordan has been 
our audit engagement partner since PwC’s 
appointment in January 2019. 

Internal control and risk management 
We continue to monitor and assess the 
effectiveness of the Board’s systems and 
controls to ensure that we have robust 
procedures in place. Our assessment takes 
into account the following key areas:

 A the overall reporting environment, 
including Board composition, the 
Committee’s constitution and the Group’s 
finance function; 

 A the preparation and assessment of 

budgets and the management reporting 
framework of the Group; 

 A significant transaction complexity, potential 

financial exposures and risks; 

62

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 A the Group’s financial accounting and reporting 
procedures, and audit arrangements; and 

 A information systems.

Following the mergers since incorporation, work 
continues on the integration of the Group’s 
operating businesses. Further integration 
remains a key strategic goal and our people 
are incentivised to achieve it. The Board, 
senior management and this Committee 
continue to focus on improving the Group’s 
risk identification processes, financial reporting 
timetables and processes and compliance. 

The Board is ultimately responsible for 
establishing and maintaining the Group’s 
internal controls. The Audit and Risk 
Committee’s role is to review this system and 
its effectiveness through reports received from 
management and the external auditor. 

Risks are reviewed formally semi-annually at 
the level of the operating businesses and the 
Company and presented to the Board and the 
Committee as appropriate (see pages 30 to 
36). To the extent that significant new risks arise, 
or existing risks require new mitigation strategies 
or procedures, these are raised and discussed 
at Board meetings. To further strengthen this 
process a general counsel, a head of tax and a 
internal control manager were appointed.

Consolidated management accounts are 
prepared monthly and presented at Board 
meetings, providing relevant, reliable and current 
information to management. Annual plans and 
forecasts are used to monitor the development 
of the Group’s businesses and to measure 
progress towards objectives. Budget approval is 
a matter reserved for the Board. 

The Group has a formal whistleblowing 
procedure in place. Whistleblowers can 
report in confidence to the Chair of the Audit 
and Risk Committee, who has responsibility 
for investigating any concerns. The Board 
and the Committee are made aware of any 
concerns at Board or Committee meetings as 
appropriate and informed as to the resolution 
or other status of complaints.

Internal audit 
In the period under review, the Group did 
not have a separate internal audit function. 
However, following the organic growth and 
additional combinations, in a recent review 
it was decided that an internal audit function 
would be appropriate and an internal control 
manager was appointed on 1 April 2021.

External audit 
The Audit and Risk Committee has 
responsibility for monitoring the performance, 
objectivity and independence of the Group’s 
auditor, PwC. The Committee has assessed 
the effectiveness of PwC as external 
auditor in the forthcoming year against the 
following criteria: 

 A the external audit plan, including the key 

audit risk areas, materiality and significant 
judgment areas;

 A the terms of the audit engagement letter 

and the associated level of audit fees; and 

 A the independence of the external auditors 
in the context of the non-audit services 
provided, of which there were none with 
the exception of the half year review.

Taking into account the above factors, 
the Committee has concluded that the 
appointment of PwC as auditors for the 
forthcoming year continues to be in the best 
interests of the Company and its shareowners. 
The resolution to appoint PwC will propose 
that it holds office until the conclusion of 
the next Annual General Meeting at which 
accounts are laid before the Company, at a 
level of remuneration to be determined by the 
Audit and Risk Committee. 

Rupert Faure Walker
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

7 May 2021

63

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  
Report of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased 
to present the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee’s report for 
the year ended 31 December 2020. 

By  
Paul Roy

In carrying out its nomination function, the 
Committee assists the Board in determining 
the composition and makeup of the Board, 
having regard to the skills, knowledge and 
experience required and also to the benefits 
of all forms of diversity. 

I have chaired the Committee since it was 
established in 2018. The other members of 
the Committee are Rupert Faure Walker and 
Sue Prevezer. All three of us are considered 
by the Board to be independent Non-
Executive Directors.

It periodically reviews the structure of the 
Board and identifies potential candidates to 
be appointed as Directors, as the need may 
arise, having regard to the Board’s policy on 
diversity and inclusion and the gender balance 
of those in senior management. Details of 
the Company’s diversity, equity and inclusion 
policy and the diversity of our workforce 
as a whole is set out in the Sustainability 
and corporate responsibility section of 
the Strategic Report. The Committee is 
also responsible for determining future 
succession plans for the Executive Chairman. 
During 2020, the Committee assisted the 
Board in the appointment of a new Non-
Executive Director, Miles Young, who brings 
to S4Capital exceptional knowledge and 
experience of the advertising and marketing 
services industry.

Pursuant to its remuneration function, 
the Committee recommends to the Board 
what policy the Company should adopt 
on executive remuneration and determines 
the level of remuneration for each of the 
Executive Directors and members of 
senior management.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy is 
simple and effective, based around lower-
than-market-rate base salaries, a higher-
than-market-rate and annual and long-term 
incentive opportunities and material levels 
of equity ownership by all Executive Directors. 
The Policy was approved with almost 100% 
support at the AGM in 2019, and we achieved 
similar levels of support for the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report resolutions at the AGMs 
in both 2019 and 2020. We are delighted 
that shareowners agree with the general 
approach we have taken to date. In line with 
the relevant legislative requirements, the 
Remuneration Policy must be resubmitted 
for shareowner approval no later than the 
AGM in 2022. We intend to review the 
Policy in detail later in 2021 and will consult 
with major shareowners on any significant 
proposed changes.

64

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Operation of the Remuneration Policy 
in 2020
In my introduction to last year’s Directors’ 
Remuneration Report I described the actions 
taken in response to the extraordinary set of 
circumstances brought about by the covid-19 
outbreak. As the scale and potential impact 
of the pandemic became apparent, the 
Board and the Committee moved quickly 
to agree a number of mitigating actions. 
The basic salaries of the Executive Directors 
were reduced by 50% from 1 April to 
30 September 2020 (31 December 2020 in 
the case of Christopher S. Martin) with two 
of our Directors, Wesley ter Haar and Victor 
Knaap, not taking any base salary for this 
period and another Director, Pete Kim, taking 
no base salary from 1 April to 31 December. 
In addition, it was agreed that the Directors’ 
annual bonus payments for 2019, which 
would normally have been paid in cash in 
early 2020, would instead be paid in shares 
with a two-year lock-up period. Fees for the 
Non-Executive Directors were reduced by 
50% with effect from 1 April 2020. 

The Committee monitored the Group’s 
progress throughout 2020 and was impressed 
by the exceptional performance of the 
Group despite the disruption caused by the 
pandemic. Given promising trading levels 
over the third quarter, the basic salaries of 
the Executive Directors and the fees for the 
Non-Executive Directors were restored to their 
full levels with effect from 1 October 2020 
(although Christopher S. Martin and Pete Kim, 
as noted above, continued to take a reduced 
salary or no salary to 31 December).

Throughout 2020 as a whole, overall 
performance was very strong as S4 continued 
to increase revenues and profits, build 
momentum, add a number of new high-profile 
clients and develop a unified business and 
service offering.

The Committee reviewed the annual bonus 
outcomes for 2020 in light of the excellent 
performance achieved for the year. The bonus 
scheme was based 70% on financial 
targets and 30% on objectives linked to 
the successful integration of the various 
businesses within S4Capital. The financial 
targets were split equally between gross 
profit growth and EBITDA margin, with each 
portion therefore accounting for 35% of 
the maximum bonus. The target linked to 
EBITDA margin was met in full, resulting in 
the 35% for that element becoming payable. 
The stretch target for the gross profit growth 
element required 30% growth on a like-for-
like basis over 2019. In light of the impact of 
the pandemic, it was not possible to achieve 
this challenging target despite the exceptional 
efforts of the management team over the 
year. After consideration, and in recognition 
of the achievement of 19.4% gross profit 
growth during a particularly difficult period, 
the Committee exercised its discretion to 
determine that it would be appropriate to 
permit a small portion of the bonus for this 
element of the scheme to pay out, equal to 
15% out of the maximum of 35%. This is 
less than what would have been paid for “on 
target” performance, taking into account 
that 30% gross profit growth was a stretch 
target set for maximum payout. In total, 
therefore, the bonus for the financial targets 
was agreed at 50% out of a maximum 
of 70%. The Committee also considered 
performance against the objectives set for 
the integration portion of the bonus scheme 
and determined that a payout of 25% out of a 
maximum of 30% was appropriate, reflecting 
the good level of progress made during 2020. 
The overall bonus outcome was 75% of 
the maximum available under the scheme, 
which the Committee believes is consistent 
with the overall level of performance of the 
business for the year both in absolute terms 
and relative to comparator companies. 
Two of the Executive Directors, Pete Kim and 
Christopher S. Martin, voluntarily waived their 
bonus entitlement for 2020. 

65

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Report of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee continued

The only long-term incentive award granted 
to Executive Directors in 2020 was an award 
of options over Incentive Shares to Scott 
Spirit. This award, which was approved by 
the Committee in late 2019 and formally 
granted in January 2020, was disclosed in 
last year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report. 
The Incentive Share scheme is central to S4’s 
approach to remuneration and is designed to 
directly align rewards to management with the 
creation of value for and delivery of returns 
to shareowners. Sir Martin Sorrell’s interest 
in the scheme was agreed in 2018 at the 
time of the formation of S4. The purpose of 
extending participation in the scheme to Scott 
Spirit was to give Scott a material incentive to 
contribute to the further growth of S4Capital 
as a business, recognising that (unlike the 
other Executive Directors) he did not join 
the Group with a significant shareholding. 
The award also acts as a very strong retention 
mechanism. Scott is an integral member of 
the management team and we are confident 
that he has a powerful incentive to continue to 
grow the business.

The Committee remains aware that the 
Incentive Share scheme is different to 
conventional long-term incentive plans 
and has the potential to lead to significant 
levels of reward for participants. We strongly 
believe that it is a plan closely linked to value 
creation, focusing the attention of participants 
on growing the fundamental value of the 
business. It has been instrumental in the 
Group’s success to date, as evidenced by 
performance since S4Capital was formed 
in 2018. 

The Committee is of the view that the 
Remuneration Policy operated as intended 
during 2020 although, as noted above, a 
small amount of discretion was exercised 
by the Committee in relation to bonus 
payouts. This was done in order to ensure an 
appropriate link between performance and 
reward in the context of an exceptional year. 

Operation of the Remuneration Policy 
in 2021
The Remuneration Policy will operate broadly 
unchanged for 2021. Having been restored to 
their full levels in October 2020 (January 2021 
for Pete Kim and Christopher S. Martin), the 
basic salaries of the Executive Directors will 
not be increased for 2021.

The Committee has reviewed the operation 
of pension and benefits within the shareowner 
approved Policy and has made some limited 
adjustments to provide a more consistent 
approach to the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration packages as well as to comply 
with Dutch regulation for our Directors who 
are based there. Victor Knaap, Wesley ter 
Haar and Peter Rademaker will receive Dutch 
age-related pension contributions. We have 
also taken the opportunity to update the 
service agreements for Victor, Wesley and 
Peter. The new agreements include a notice 
period of 12 months (increased from six 
months) to comply with Dutch law where the 
notice period from the employer must be 
twice the notice period from the employee. 
This is also now aligned with the fixed notice 
periods of the other Executive Directors and 
is consistent with market practice for UK-
listed companies. 

The annual bonus scheme for 2021 will 
utilise broadly similar performance metrics 
as in 2020, with payments dependent 70% 
on financial performance and 30% on goals 
linked to key non-financial objectives. For the 
first time, this will include an assessment 
of ESG performance, which we recognise 
as increasingly important for S4Capital and 
for our shareowners. The specific targets 
and the extent of achievement against them 
will be disclosed in next year’s Directors’ 
Remuneration Report. 

66

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020The maximum annual bonus opportunity 
will be set at 100% of basic salary for 
all Executive Directors including Peter 
Rademaker. To date, some Directors have 
had lower bonus opportunities, reflecting the 
arrangements in place when they joined the 
Group. Now, as S4Capital approaches the 
third anniversary of its launch, and to reinforce 
the unitary nature of the business, the 
Committee believes it is the right time to align 
the bonus potential for the Directors leading 
our operating businesses. This change is 
consistent with the terms of the shareowner-
approved Remuneration Policy.

In taking these decisions on remuneration, 
the Committee has noted that the 
compensation packages for the three 
Executive Directors these changes will 
impact (Victor Knaap, Wesley ter Haar and 
Peter Rademaker) include lower-than-market 
basic salaries. Furthermore, none of these 
Directors currently participates in a long-term 
incentive scheme. The Committee believes 
that increasing bonus potential for Victor, 
Wesley and Peter to 100% of basic salary 
(which itself is low relative to practice at other 
companies of a similar size to S4Capital) 
is proportionate and reasonable. All bonus 
payments will remain subject to challenging 
performance conditions.

At the present time, the Committee has no 
plans to grant new long-term incentive awards 
to Executive Directors in 2021, but we will 
keep this under review.

The Board (excluding the Non-Executive 
Directors) is responsible for determining Non-
Executive Director fees. No changes to NED 
fee levels are proposed for 2021.

UK Corporate Governance Code
S4Capital has a Standard Listing and as such 
is not formally required to comply with the 
UK Corporate Governance Code. However, 
the Committee believes that the approach 
taken to executive remuneration is consistent 
with the Code principles, in that remuneration 
supports the strategic goals of the business 
and promotes long-term sustainable success. 
This is particularly relevant in the case of the 
Incentive Share scheme, which has a five-year 
vesting period and where the ultimate rewards 
will reflect the success of S4Capital’s strategy 
over the long-term.

The Remuneration Policy and its 
implementation are:

 A Clarity: Remuneration arrangements 
for the Executive Directors are set out 
transparently in this report, allowing 
shareowners to understand the nature 
of the specific incentive schemes and 
payments under those schemes.

 A Simplicity: The structure of the 

Remuneration Policy for the Executive 
Directors is simple and straightforward. 
At present, the only incentive scheme in 
which most Executive Directors participate 
is the annual bonus scheme, with their 
significant shareholdings providing 
for alignment with the interests of 
shareowners. The Incentive Share scheme 
– which applies to two Directors only 
(including the Executive Chairman) – has a 
very simple structure. 

67

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Report of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee continued

Areas that will be reviewed:

 A The Committee has not developed a formal 
policy for post-employment shareholding 
requirements for the Executive Directors. 
The Committee believes that the current 
levels of shareholding by all Executive 
Directors ensure that their interests are 
very closely aligned with shareowners. 
Equity consideration issued to Directors 
has been subject to a two-year restriction 
on sale or transfer and at the current 
time the Committee does not believe it 
is necessary to go further than this and 
apply a formal post-employment holding 
requirement. However, we recognise 
the importance of this matter to some 
shareowners and will keep this under 
review, particularly as we review the 
Remuneration Policy formally later in 2021.

 A The Incentive Share scheme does not 

include malus or clawback provisions, and 
nor does the Committee have the ability 
to override the formulaic outcome of the 
scheme. This is due to the long-term nature 
of the plan and the fact that participants in 
the scheme can only receive benefits once 
shareowners have experienced significant 
growth in the value of their investment. 
The annual bonus scheme includes malus 
and clawback provisions, and as a fully 
discretionary scheme the Committee 
has the ability to apply an override to the 
formulaic outcome if deemed appropriate. 
In addition, were other forms of long-term 
incentive offered to the Executive Directors, 
the Committee envisages that malus and 
clawback provisions, and a discretionary 
override, would apply.

 A Risk: The Committee is aware that the 
Incentive Share scheme may result in 
the issue of shares to participants of a 
significant value. However, such awards 
will be consistent with the creation of 
shareowner value since the foundation 
of S4Capital and therefore very clearly 
tied to the performance of the business. 
Any reputational risk triggered by a 
perception of excessive rewards, which are 
divorced from the underlying performance 
of the business is therefore limited. 

 A Predictability: Rewards available to 
Executive Directors under their fixed 
remuneration arrangements and the annual 
bonus scheme are limited in scope and 
reasonably predictable in value (subject 
to the satisfaction of bonus performance 
conditions). The ultimate value of rewards 
under the Incentive Share scheme is less 
easy to predict at this stage.

 A Proportionality: Both the annual bonus 
scheme and the Incentive Share scheme 
tie individual reward closely to the 
performance of the business. The targets 
for the bonus scheme are linked to core 
financial priorities and the crucial task of 
integrating the various companies within 
the S4Capital Group. The Incentive Share 
scheme rewards the generation of value 
for shareowners. As such, payouts under 
these schemes will be reflective of the 
success or otherwise of the strategic 
direction which has been set for the Group.

 A Alignment to culture: S4Capital is 

continuing to build a new age/new era 
digital marketing solution through a 
number of strategic business combinations 
which are being closely integrated into one 
Group. Our incentive schemes for Directors 
and for employees across the Group more 
widely are designed to ensure rewards for 
performance, which supports the overall 
business goals and is consistent with the 
purpose and culture of the Group. 

68

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 A The maximum pension contribution rate 
for the Executive Directors is higher than 
the rate available to the wider workforce. 
The Executive Chairman, for example, 
receives a pension at a rate of 30% of his 
basic salary. The Committee believes that 
this needs to be viewed in the context of 
his normal basic salary rate of £100,000, 
which is well below the market rate for 
an Executive Chairman of a company of 
comparable size to S4Capital. Even taking 
his pension contribution rate into account, 
total fixed remuneration for the Executive 
Chairman is very low. As such, we do not 
propose to change this arrangement at the 
current time but will keep this matter under 
review as we review the Policy in 2021. 
The pension contribution received by our 
Dutch-based Directors is aligned to the 
workforce in the Netherlands.

Concluding remarks
I hope that you find this report useful as 
a guide to the key decisions taken by the 
Committee in 2020 and to understand our 
intended plans for 2021. At the AGM to be 
held virtually on 7 June 2021, shareowners 
will be asked to approve the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report by way of an advisory 
resolution. We hope to receive your continued 
support for our approach at the meeting. 

Paul Roy
Chair, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee

7 May 2021

69

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Remuneration Report

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareowners at the AGM held on 29 May 2019 and will 
continue to apply until no later than the AGM in 2022, being three years from its date of approval. The Policy was 
set out in full in the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts, which is available in the Investors section of the Company’s 
website. A summary of the key elements of the Policy is included below.

Much of the Remuneration Policy (in particular with regard to the Incentive Share scheme, which is currently 
the only long-term incentive scheme in which Executive Directors participate) had already been established as 
part of the formation of the S4Capital Group and its re-admission to the Official List on 28 September 2018. 
The formalisation of the Remuneration Policy was undertaken with the goal of establishing a holistic and balanced 
package to ensure that the remuneration packages offered, and the terms of the contracts of service are 
competitive and will attract, retain and motivate Executive Directors of the highest quality, whilst seeking alignment 
between all of the Group’s people and its shareowners.

In order to achieve this, the Company’s policy is to offer a lower-than-market-rate base salary, combined with 
a higher-than-market-rate short- and long-term incentive opportunity as a reward for outstanding performance. 
Reward for long-term performance is currently delivered through the Incentive Shares and the significant share 
ownership of the Executive Directors and senior management.

Remuneration packages for Executive Directors
The table on pages 71 and 72 summarises the core components of the remuneration package for Executive 
Directors and explains the purpose of each element and how it furthers the strategy of the Group. The table also 
summarises the operation of each element and its performance conditions where relevant, the opportunity for 
remuneration and the relevant performance metrics.

70

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Purpose and 
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum 
opportunity

Performance 
assessment

Element

Base 
salary

A fixed element of the 
Executive Directors’ 
remuneration, intended 
to provide a base level 
of income.

Benefits

A fixed element of the 
Executive Directors’ 
remuneration, intended 
to attract, retain and 
motivate them, whilst 
remaining competitive.

Pension

A fixed element of the 
Executive Directors’ 
remuneration, intended 
to attract, retain and 
motivate them, whilst 
remaining competitive.

An individual’s 
performance is one of 
the considerations in 
determining the level 
of annual increase 
in salary.

n/a

 n/a

Salary is reviewed 
annually and otherwise 
by exception. Takes 
into account the 
role performed by 
the individual and 
information on the 
rates of pay for similar 
jobs in companies of 
comparable size and 
complexity. Salary 
is typically below 
market rates.

Benefits such 
as insurance, 
fully-expensed 
transportation, private 
medical insurance and 
life assurance may be 
paid to the Executive 
Directors in line with 
market practice.

Takes into account 
the role performed 
by the individual and 
information on the rates 
of pay and pension 
contributions for similar 
jobs in companies of 
comparable size and 
complexity. Payment 
may be made into 
private pension plans or 
paid cash in lieu.

Annual increases will 
ordinarily be in line 
with awards to other 
people within the 
Group. Also consistent 
with other roles within 
the Group, other 
specific adjustments 
may be made to 
take account of any 
changes to individual 
circumstances, such 
as an increase in scope 
and responsibility, 
an individual’s 
development and 
performance in the role 
and any realignment 
following changes in 
market levels.

Benefits are set 
at a level which 
the Nomination 
and Remuneration 
Committee considers 
to be commensurate 
with the role and 
comparable with those 
provided in companies 
of a similar size 
and complexity.

Maximum 30% of base 
salary. Contributions 
for individual 
Executive Directors 
are set at a level 
which the Nomination 
and Remuneration 
Committee considers 
to be commensurate 
with the role and 
comparable with those 
provided in companies 
of a similar size 
and complexity.

71

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Remuneration Report continued

Element

Annual 
incentive 
scheme1

Purpose and 
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum 
opportunity

Performance 
assessment

Maximum of 100% 
of salary.

The annual incentive 
scheme is intended 
to reward Executive 
Directors for their 
achievements and the 
performance of the 
Group in the financial 
year and may be 
set at above market 
rates to compensate 
for the lower-than-
market-base salaries 
and highly incentivise 
performance.

Following the end of 
each financial period, 
the Nomination 
and Remuneration 
Committee reviews 
actual performance 
against the objectives 
set under the scheme 
and determines awards 
accordingly.

Awards are normally 
paid in cash but 
the Nomination 
and Remuneration 
Committee has 
discretion to determine 
a proportion of the 
bonus should be 
invested in shares.

The targets against 
which annual 
performance is judged 
are determined annually 
by the Nomination 
and Remuneration 
Committee. From 
and including 2019, 
annual performance 
is assessed against 
a combination of 
financial, operational 
strategic and personal 
goals. Malus and 
clawback provisions 
apply to payments 
under the annual 
incentive scheme.

The Nomination 
and Remuneration 
Committee reviews 
the development of 
the Group against the 
terms of the scheme.

In aggregate, for all 
holders of Incentive 
Shares and Options are 
15% of the growth in 
value of S4 Limited, as 
described on page 81.

A compound annual 
growth rate of 6% 
since the foundational 
investment into 
S4Capital Limited, as 
described on page 81.

n/a

As shareowners, the 
Executive Directors 
will participate in 
any increase in the 
Company’s share price 
and any dividends or 
other distributions paid 
by the Company from 
time to time.

The shares held by the 
Executive Directors 
are not subject to any 
performance conditions 
but are subject to sale 
and transfer restrictions 
for a two-year period 
from issue.

Long-term 
incentive 
scheme1

Equity 
ownership

The Incentive Shares 
and Options are 
intended to motivate 
the Executive Directors 
who are invited to 
subscribe for them to 
contribute towards the 
long- term development 
of the Group.

As set out below, 
Executive Directors 
may become eligible 
to participate in 
other long-term 
incentive arrangements.

While there is no 
mandatory minimum 
level of share ownership 
level required of 
Executive Directors, 
the shares in the 
Company held by the 
Executive Directors are 
intended to incentivise 
the Executive Directors 
over the longer term 
and to promote 
the development 
of the Group on a 
unitary basis.

Note:

1.  The performance measures chosen for the annual incentive scheme and the growth condition applying to the Incentive Shares have been chosen to align with the key 

strategic priorities of the Company and its long-term growth aspirations.

72

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Due to the long-term nature of the rewards offered by the Incentive Share scheme, which only allows the owners 
of the Incentive Shares to receive benefits under that scheme once shareowners have experienced significant 
growth in the value of their investment, there are no clawback arrangements in respect of awards. Awards are, 
however, subject to leaver provisions intended to motivate holders to remain with the Group over the long term (up 
to 14 years).

Share ownership guidelines
In the context of the significant share ownership of the Executive Directors there is no formal minimum 
shareholding requirement. Nevertheless, should an Executive Director be appointed who does not have a material 
holding of the Company’s shares, the Committee would expect such Director to acquire shares having a value 
equal to two times base salary, as soon as reasonably practicable following appointment.

Payment on loss of office
The service agreements for the Executive Directors allow for lawful termination of employment by making a 
payment in lieu of notice, by making phased payments over any remaining unexpired period of notice, or, in relation 
to contracts governed by Californian law, by paying 12 months’ base salary. There is no automatic or contractual 
right to annual incentive payments. At the discretion of the Committee, for certain leavers, a pro rata annual 
incentive may become payable at the normal payment date for the period of employment and based on full year 
performance. Should the Committee decide to make a payment in such circumstances, the rationale would be fully 
disclosed in the annual Remuneration Report.

The Committee reserves the right to make additional liquidated damages payments outside the terms of the 
Directors’ service contracts where such payments are made in good faith in order to discharge an existing legal 
obligation, or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation, or by way of settlement or compromise of any 
claim arising in connection with the termination of a Director’s office or employment.

Share option schemes and long-term incentive arrangements
The first share option schemes were established in connection with the MediaMonks business combination and 
the MightyHive business combination. The purpose of these plans is to incentivise and support the retention of the 
Group’s people more broadly at the level of the operating businesses over the longer term. While no Directors have 
been granted any awards under these schemes to date, awards have been granted to senior management and 
may in future be used to provide an additional long-term incentive to Executive Directors. If this flexibility were to be 
used, options will be granted over shares worth no more than 400% of base salary each year and will vest over a 
period of up to four years with exercise subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions set by the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee.

Other long-term incentive schemes may be introduced for the Executive Directors in the future. Any scheme would 
be aligned to the Company’s medium and long-term strategy and the metrics would be based on a mix of relative 
total shareholder return (compared against a basket of marketing services companies) and financial metrics, such 
as return on equity and earnings per share (unless the Committee determines that other targets are appropriate).

If any new long-term incentive plan is established, awards would be made over shares worth up to 200% of base 
salary each year if granted as performance shares (with awards of no more than a similar equivalent fair value 
possible if made as other types of award). Such awards would vest over a period of up to four years, subject to the 
satisfaction of performance targets set by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee.

Recruitment
When hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee will use the Remuneration Policy to determine the 
Executive Director’s remuneration package as the initial basis for formulating the package. To facilitate the hiring 
of candidates of the appropriate calibre to implement the Group’s strategy, the Committee may include any 
other remuneration component or award not explicitly referred to in this Remuneration Policy (or a higher award 
opportunity than that set out in the Remuneration Policy table) sufficient to attract the right candidate.

Awards outside the normal policy would only be made (i) if they are considered a necessary part of an acquisition 
which involves a new director joining the Board and/or (ii) to buy out awards being foregone by the incoming 
Executive Director, with the value of these buyout awards reflecting the value of the awards foregone. Where the 
recruitment requires the individual to relocate, appropriate relocation costs may be offered.

In determining the appropriate remuneration, the Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors, 
including the quantum and nature of the remuneration, to ensure the arrangements are in the best interests of the 
Company and its shareowners.

73

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Remuneration Report continued

Contracts of service
The Company’s policy is to offer contracts of employment that attract, motivate and retain skilled people who are 
incentivised to deliver the Company’s strategy.

The Executive Directors have service agreements with the Company, but are remunerated pursuant to agreements 
concluded with other entities in the Group. A summary of the agreements pursuant to which the Executive 
Directors are remunerated is set out below. With the exception of the initial three-year terms set out in the 
agreements for Sir Martin Sorrell, Pete Kim and Christopher S. Martin (see below), none of the contracts include a 
fixed term.

Director

Sir Martin Sorrell

Victor Knaap

Wesley ter Haar

Peter Rademaker

Pete Kim

Christopher S. Martin

Scott Spirit

Date of appointment

28 September 20181

4 December 2018

4 December 2018

4 December 2018

Date of contract

24 June 2018

18 January 20213

18 January 20213

18 January 20213

24 December 2018

24 December 2018

24 December 2018

24 December 2018

18 July 2019

2 July 2019

Notice period
(months)

122

124

124

124

At will2

At will2

12

Notes:
1.  Sir Martin has acted as a Director of S4Capital Limited since its foundation on 23 May 2018, which is the effective date of the start of his employment pursuant to his 

service agreement.

2.  After a three-year initial term.

3.  New contracts with Victor Knaap, Wesley ter Haar and Peter Rademaker were signed on this date, superseding the contracts dated 9 July 2018.

4.  Notice period from Company. Notice period from Executive Director is six months based on Dutch legal requirement that it is half of period required from Company.

Remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Fees

To attract and retain Non-
Executive Directors with 
adequate experience and 
knowledge.

The fees of the Non-Executive Directors are 
determined by the Board based upon comparable 
market levels and time commitment. The Non- 
Executive Directors do not participate in any 
performance-related incentive arrangements, nor 
do they have any entitlement to benefits or pension 
contributions. Directors may be paid additional 
amounts for service as a committee chair.

Maximum opportunity

n/a

Letters of appointment
The terms of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors are set out in their respective letters of appointment. 
Appointment as a Non-Executive Director is subject to a three-month notice period. The Group has no obligation to 
make termination payments if a Non-Executive Director is not re-elected as a Director at an AGM.
The appointments of Rupert Faure Walker and Paul Roy are governed by their appointment letters with S4Capital 
Limited, which remained in place following the completion of the Company’s acquisition of S4Capital Limited on 
28 September 2018.

74

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Director

Rupert Faure Walker

Paul Roy

Sue Prevezer

Daniel Pinto

Elizabeth Buchanan

Naoko Okumoto

Margaret Ma Connolly

Miles Young

Date of appointment

28 September 2018

28 September 2018

14 November 2018

24 December 2018

12 July 2019

10 December 2019

10 December 2019

1 July 2020

Date of contract

24 June 2018

24 June 2018

9 July 2018

9 July 2018

11 June 2019

9 December 2019

6 December 2019

30 June 2020

Notice period
(months)

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Group applies the same key principles to setting remuneration for its people as those applied to the Directors’ 
remuneration. In setting salaries and benefits each business considers the need to retain and incentivise key 
people to ensure the continued success of the Group. The Group’s people were not consulted in setting the 
Remuneration Policy.

Consideration of shareowner views
The Committee considers it extremely important to maintain open and transparent communication with the 
Company’s shareowners. The views of shareowners received through various avenues, such as at the AGM, during 
meetings with investors and through other contact during the year, are considered by the Committee and will help 
to inform the development of the overall Remuneration Policy.

Discretion
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee will operate the annual incentive scheme and the long-term 
incentive scheme according to their rules. Consistent with standard market practice, the Committee has certain 
discretion regarding the operation and administration of these schemes, including as to:

 A participants;

 A timing of grants or awards;

 A size of awards;

 A determination of how far performance metrics have been met;

 A treatment of leavers or arrangements on a change of control; and

 A adjustments of targets and/or measures if required following a specific event (e.g. material acquisition 

or disposal).

Any use of these discretions would be explained in the annual report on remuneration for the relevant year.

75

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Remuneration Report continued

Annual Remuneration Report
The information provided in this Annual Remuneration Report is subject to audit except where indicated otherwise. 
Details of the Directors’ interests in the share capital of the Company are set out on page 79.

The remuneration of the Executive Directors for the year to 31 December 2020 is presented below with a 
comparison for the year to 31 December 2019.

Executive Directors’ remuneration as a single figure (Audited)

£000

Salary

All taxable 
benefits

Annual bonus

Incentive 
shares

Pension

Total

Total Fixed 
Remuneration

Total Variable 
Remuneration

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

75

Sir Martin 
Sorrell
Victor 
Knaap1,3
Wesley ter 
Haar1,3
Peter 
Rademaker1 196

93

93

Pete Kim2
Christopher 
S. Martin2

Scott Spirit4

40

100

228

179

179

251

158

158

162

Total

Notes:

825  1,187 

–

–

–

–

2

20

67 

100

45

57

23

30

218

272

143

187

75

70

70

85

83

83

147

160

–

–

–

–

228

130

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

27

8

163

262

93

179

163

262

93

179

75

70

70

85

83

83

343

40

102

499

411

166

190

315

196

40

102

271

251

166

190

185

147

160

–

–

–

–

228

130

–

–

–

5

5

15

–

–

–

–

–

23

46 

95  590  541 

– 

– 

55  1,528  1,878  938  1,337  590  541 

1.  The remuneration of Victor Knaap, Wesley ter Haar and Peter Rademaker is converted into sterling from euros using the average exchange rate for the year, consistent with 

the basis of the presentation of financial performance in the financial statements.

2.  The remuneration of Pete Kim and Christopher S. Martin is converted into sterling from US dollars using the average exchange rate for the year, consistent with the basis of 

the presentation of financial performance in the financial statements.

3.  As disclosed in the Prospectus dated 11 September 2018 and in the 2018 and 2019 Directors’ Remuneration Reports, Victor Knaap and Wesley ter Haar were each paid a 

€3 million bonus in 2019 in connection with the merger with MediaMonks.

4.  Scott Spirit was appointed to the Board on 18 July 2019. His remuneration for 2019 is reported pro rata from that date to 31 December 2019. His remuneration is 

converted into sterling from Singaporean dollars using the average exchange rate for the year, consistent with the basis of the presentation of financial performance in the 
financial statements. 

Salary (Audited)
The annual salaries for the Executive Directors for 2020 were as follows:

Sir Martin Sorrell

Victor Knaap

Wesley ter Haar

Peter Rademaker

Pete Kim

Christopher S. Martin

Scott Spirit

£100,000

€210,000

€210,000

€294,000

$207,360

$207,360

SG$540,000

As set out in the Chairman’s statement, the above salaries were reduced with effect from 1 April 2020 in response 
to the unprecedented set of circumstances presented by the outbreak of the covid-19 pandemic. The Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee reviewed these reductions in late 2020 and agreed that, in light of the return to 
levels of activity to pre-covid-19 levels, the salaries would be restored to their full levels with effect from 1 October 
2020 (although one Director, Pete Kim, continued to take no salary through to 31 December 2020, and for another 
Director, Christopher S. Martin, a 50% reduction continued to apply to 31 December 2020). The total levels of 
salary paid to the Executive Directors for 2020 are disclosed in the Single Figure table above.

76

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Annual bonus scheme (Audited)
The 2020 bonus scheme was based on the achievement of performance targets linked to the Group’s strategic 
priorities. 70% of the bonus was payable by reference to performance against Group financial metrics, and the 
remaining 30% was payable by reference to the qualitative goal of integrating the Group’s businesses.

The specific financial metrics are set out in the table below. The targets were designed to be in line with the 
Company’s stated objective of doubling net revenue within three years.

Gross profit (net revenue)

EBITDA

Targets

30% growth on like-for-like basis vs FY19

20% as percentage of gross profit

Achievement

19.4%

21.1%

The 30% of the bonus scheme subject to an assessment of integration was considered in detail by the Committee, 
having regard to achievements against the objectives set out below, the Board’s overall view of management’s 
success during 2020 in integrating the various businesses acquired by the Company and the Executive Chairman’s 
view of the contribution of individual Directors to the integration process.

Objective
Work as an integrated team 
to identify and execute 
opportunities to grow the 
top line.
Unify business processes 
to improve efficiency 
and further enhance ‘one 
S4Capital’ approach.

Achievements
 A Increased collaboration between businesses translated into major 

Score
10/10

client wins (e.g. 1 FMCG client and 1 Auto client)

 A 40% of top 20 clients are being serviced by both practices

 A Identification of unified ERP system to be rolled out across 

10/10

the Group

 A Successful implementation of Salesforce across the business

 A Enhancements to HR processes (adoption of HRIS system and 

adoption of unified payroll provider)

Identify opportunities 
to integrate the Group’s 
physical presence.

 A The Group has operations in 52 cities. 73% have an integrated 
office or will have an integrated office when returning from the 
current WFH situation

5/10

The Committee considered in detail the achievements against both the financial and integration metrics as set 
out above and determined that a bonus of 75% of the maximum should be payable to each Executive Director. 
As discussed in the statement from the Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, this recognised the 
satisfaction in full of the target linked to EBITDA margin (resulting in a payout for this element at the maximum 35% 
of the overall bonus), and a level of gross profit (net revenue) growth which, while not fully at the level of the stretch 
target set for this metric, nevertheless represented an exceptional achievement given the impact of the pandemic in 
2020. The Committee therefore exercised its discretion to determine that it would be appropriate to permit a small 
portion of the bonus for this element of the scheme to pay out, equal to 15% of the maximum of 35%. In total, 
therefore, the bonus for the financial targets was agreed at 50% out of a maximum of 70%. The Committee also 
considered performance against the objectives set for the integration portion of the bonus scheme and determined 
that a payout of 25% out of a maximum of 30% was appropriate, reflecting the high level of achievements during 
2020. The Committee determined that the majority of the integration objectives had been met, although there was 
scope for further progress to have been made in integrating the Group’s physical presence.

77

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Remuneration Report continued

Bonuses were payable to the Executive Directors as set out below. 

Sir Martin Sorrell

Victor Knaap

Wesley ter Haar

Peter Rademaker

Pete Kim*

Christopher S. Martin*

Scott Spirit

Maximum 
bonus 
entitlement 
(% of salary)

Maximum 
bonus payable 
000

Bonus paid 
(actual amount) 
000

100%

50%

50%

75%

100%

100%

100%

£100

€105

€105

€ 221

$207

$207

£75

€79

€79

€165

–

–

SG$540

SG$405

*  Voluntarily waived their bonus entitlement for 2020.

Pension (Audited)
Sir Martin Sorrell is provided with a lump sum pension contribution equivalent to 30% of his annual base salary 
which is paid as a cash amount in lieu of pension. Scott Spirit receives a pension contribution at a rate of 10% of 
his annual base salary which is paid into the Company’s pension scheme. No other Directors received a pension 
contribution for 2020.

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration as a single figure (Audited) 

£000

Rupert Faure Walker

Paul Roy

Sue Prevezer

Daniel Pinto

Elizabeth Buchanan

Naoko Okumoto

Margaret Ma Connolly

Miles Young

Notes:

Year to 31 
December 
2020

Year to 31 
December 
2019

34

34

28

28

28

28

28

14

25

25

25

25

14

2

2

–

1.  The annual fee payable to the Non-Executive Directors for 2019 was £25,000. 

2.  As disclosed in the 2019 Directors’ Remuneration Report, the annual fee payable to the Non-Executive Directors for 2020 was increased to £37,500 and an additional fee of 
£7,500 was introduced for the Senior Independent Director, Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee and Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee. These fees 
were effective from 1 January 2020. However, in response to covid-19 it was agreed that the fees payable to the NEDs would be reduced by 50% from 1 April 2020. 
The fees were returned to their full levels with effect from 1 October 2020.

3.  Elizabeth Buchanan was appointed to the Board on 12 July 2019. Naoko Okumoto and Margaret Ma Connolly were appointed to the Board on 10 December 2019. 

Their fees for the year to 31 December 2019 are shown pro rata for the length of their respective service in the year.

4.  Miles Young was appointed to the Board on 1 July 2020. His fee for the year to 31 December 2020 is shown pro rata for the length of his service in the year.

78

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Directors’ interests in shares and share options (Audited)
The consideration payable by the Group in respect of business combinations has included a substantial proportion 
of equity in the Company. Equity consideration has, to date, been issued subject to a two-year restriction on 
sale or transfer. It is the intention of the Board to continue to structure transactions in this fashion in order both 
to incentivise senior management (and the Group’s people more broadly) in the long term and to support the 
Company’s strategy of operating the Group on a unitary basis.

As a consequence, the Executive Directors who previously held equity in MediaMonks or MightyHive now hold a 
substantial number of the Company’s shares. Further, Sir Martin Sorrell is a substantial shareowner in the Company 
as a consequence of his foundational investment into S4Capital Limited.

In the context of the significant share ownership of the Executive Directors, there is no formal minimum 
shareholding requirement. However, the Committee expects new Directors who do not have a material holding 
of the Company’s shares to acquire shares equivalent in value to two times basic salary as soon as reasonably 
practicable following appointment. Scott Spirit, who joined the Board during 2019, is building a significant holding 
in S4Capital shares.

Details of Directors’ interests in Ordinary Shares and Incentive Shares as at 31 December 2020 are set out in the 
table below. 

£000

Sir Martin Sorrell1

Victor Knaap2

Wesley ter Haar2

Peter Rademaker

Pete Kim2

Christopher S. Martin2

Scott Spirit3

Rupert Faure Walker

Paul Roy

Sue Prevezer

Daniel Pinto4

Elizabeth Buchanan

Naoko Okumoto

Margaret Ma Connolly

Miles Young

Notes:

Interest in 
Ordinary Shares

Interest in 
Incentive Instruments

At 31 
December 
2020

At 31 
December 
2020

At 31 
December 
2019

54,609,5941

4,000

4,000

21,951,491

21,951,492

957,644

9,719,180

8,564,506

236,789

1,558,450

1,950,129

293,512

44,238,617

37,777

25,396

9,523

30,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,000

2,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.  Sir Martin Sorrell holds 4,000 vested A2 Incentive Shares and also holds the B share. In addition, Sir Martin Sorrell has, in aggregate, donated 3,910,000 Ordinary Shares to 

the UBS Donor Advised Foundation.

2.  Victor Knaap and Wesley ter Haar hold their interests in Ordinary Shares through (i) Oro en Fools B.V., their joint personal holding vehicle which is owned (indirectly) 50% 
by Victor Knaap and 50% by Wesley ter Haar; and (ii) Zen 2 B.V., the ordinary share capital of which is owned 51% by Oro en Fools B.V. and 49% by funds managed 
by Bencis Capital Partners B.V. The interests in Ordinary Shares of Victor and Wesley noted above are the aggregate totals of the ordinary shares held by these entities. 
Certain of the interests of Christopher S. Martin and Pete Kim are held by them through certain family trust arrangements.

3.  Scott Spirit has options to subscribe for a total of 2,666 A1 Incentive Shares (this includes the 2,000 Incentive Shares disclosed in the table above), as explained on page 
80 and as disclosed in the 2019 Directors’ Remuneration Report. These awards were approved by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee in December 2019 and 
formally granted in January 2020. The terms of these awards are explained further below.

4.  Shares acquired by Stanhope Entrepreneur Fund, a growth capital fund managed by Stanhope Capital, of which Daniel Pinto is Chief Executive.

79

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Remuneration Report continued

The Company has been notified of the following changes to the Directors’ interests between 31 December 2020 
and the date of this report:

 A On 5 January 2021, Rupert Faure Walker gifted 750,000 Ordinary Shares to members of his family. As a result, 

his holding has reduced to 818,452 Ordinary Shares.

 A On 11 January 2021, the Pete Kim Revocable Trust, a PCA of Pete Kim, sold 1,670,000 Ordinary Shares. 

Following this sale, Pete Kim holds 8,049,180 Ordinary Shares through the Pete Kim Revocable Trust and the PK 
2018 Irrevocable Trust.

 A On 12 January 2021, Zen2 B.V., a joint investment vehicle between funds managed by Bencis Capital Partners, 

B.V. and Victor Knaap and Wesley ter Haar, sold 8,810,851 Ordinary Shares. Following this sale, Victor 
Knaap and Wesley ter Haar hold 35,092,132 Ordinary Shares through Oro en Fools B.V., their joint personal 
holding vehicle.

 A On 12 January 2021, SEF4 Investment SCSp, a PCA of Daniel Pinto, transferred directly to one of its investors 
6,194,793 Ordinary Shares. SEF4 Investment SCSp is managed by Stanhope Capital, of which Daniel Pinto is 
the Chief Executive. Following this transfer, SEF4 Investment SCSp holds 37,811,224 Ordinary Shares.

 A On 5 February 2021, the Company was notified that Lawshare Nominees Limited, a PCA of Miles Young, had 

acquired 20,000 Ordinary Shares.

 A On 25 March 2021, Sir Martin Sorrell made a charitable donation of 410,000 Ordinary Shares to the UBS Donor 

Advised Foundation. Following that donation, Sir Martin Sorrell holds 54,199,594 shares in the Company, 
and has, in aggregate, donated 3,910,000 Ordinary Shares to the UBS Donor Advised Foundation, together 
representing approximately 10.7% of the entire issued share capital of the Company.

 A On 25 March 2021, Scott Spirit acquired 4,050 Ordinary Shares of £0.25 each. Following this purchase, Scott 
Spirit holds 240,839 shares in the Company, representing approximately 0.044% of the entire issued share 
capital of the Company.

The S4 Limited Scheme/Scheme interests awarded during the financial year (audited)
Arrangements were put in place shortly after the formation of S4Capital 2 Limited (formerly S4Capital Limited) 
(S4 Limited) to create incentives for those certain executives who are expected to make key contributions to the 
success of the Group. The Group’s success depends upon the sourcing of attractive investment opportunities 
and the improvement of the performance of any businesses that are acquired. Accordingly, an incentive scheme 
(the S4 Limited Scheme, or the Incentive Share scheme) was created to reward key contributors for the creation 
of value through the use of Incentive Shares.

Sir Martin Sorrell subscribed for A2 Incentive Shares in May 2018. As disclosed in the 2019 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report, following approval by the Nomination & Remuneration Committee in December 2019 Scott 
Spirit was granted an option to subscribe for A1 Incentive Shares in January 2020. The terms of these awards are 
set out in the table below.

Sir Martin Sorrell
Scott Spirit1

Note:

Number of Incentive 
Instruments

4,000 A2 Shares
2,000 A1 Shares

Date of Issue

29 May 2018
Option issued 27 January 2020 following 
Remuneration Committee approval 
December 2019

1.  Scott Spirit also has an option to subscribe for up to an additional 666 A1 Incentive Shares in the event of the issue of any further Incentive Shares by the Directors. 
The purpose of this additional award is to ensure that his interest in the Incentive Shares is maintained at the same level (5%) in the event of the issue of further 
Incentive Shares.

The Directors of S4 Limited have the authority to issue a further 2,000 A1 Incentive Shares. The issue of further 
Incentive Shares will not increase the aggregate entitlement of the holders of Incentive Shares above 15% of the 
growth in value of S4 Limited.

The Incentive Shares are subject to a number of conditions, as set out more fully below. 

80

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Terms of the S4 Limited Scheme
The Incentive Shares entitle the holders, subject to certain vesting criteria and leaver provisions, to up to 15% of 
the growth in value of S4 Limited from the plan’s inception provided that the growth condition (as described below) 
has been met.

Provided that the growth condition has been satisfied, the Incentive Shares entitle the holders to their return upon 
a sale or merger of S4 Limited, its liquidation, the takeover or merger of the Company or, if none of those events 
has occurred prior to 9 July 2023 (being the fifth anniversary of the merger with MediaMonks by S4 Limited), 
if Sir Martin Sorrell serves notice on the Company requiring it to acquire all of the Incentive Shares eligible for sale 
on or before 9 July 2025 (being the seventh anniversary of the merger with MediaMonks). If Sir Martin serves such 
a notice, the growth in value of S4 Limited is measured against the market capitalisation of the Company based 
on an average of the mid-market closing price of the Ordinary Shares over the preceding 30 trading days, plus 
any dividends or distributions over time. Once triggered, all of the Incentive Shares eligible for sale receive value 
at the same time on a pro rata basis and then automatically reset such that they may receive the same return over 
a second period of up to seven years.

The consideration payable if the Incentive Shares are triggered, save on a takeover, liquidation or merger of 
S4 Limited, will be satisfied by the issue of Ordinary Shares in S4Capital plc at the average of the mid-market 
closing price of the Ordinary Shares over the 30 trading days preceding the triggering of the Incentive Shares.

Further details are included in Note 22 on pages 140 to 141.

Growth condition
The growth condition is the compound annual growth rate of the invested capital in S4 Limited being equal to 
or greater than 6% per annum since the foundational investment into S4 Limited on 29 May 2018. The growth 
condition takes into account the date and price at which shares in S4 Limited have been issued, the date and price 
of any subsequent share issues and the date and amount of any dividends paid, or capital returned by S4 Limited 
to the Company. Any cash raised by the Company from time to time has been and will continue to be invested in 
S4 Limited so that the growth condition will apply to that capital also. 

Vesting conditions
The Incentive Instruments are subject to certain vesting conditions, at least one of which must be (and continue to 
be) satisfied in order for Sir Martin Sorrell (as the holder of the majority of the A2 Incentive Shares) to elect for the 
A1 and A2 Incentive Shares to be sold to the Company. The A1 and A2 Incentive Shares and Options will vest into 
Ordinary Shares of S4Capital Plc in the following circumstances:
 A a sale of all or a material part of the business of S4 Limited;
 A a winding up of S4 Limited occurring;
 A a sale or change of control of S4 Limited or the Company; or

 A if later, on 9 July 2023 (being the fifth anniversary of the MediaMonks merger).

Compulsory redemption
If the growth condition is not satisfied on or before 9 July 2025 (being the seventh anniversary of the merger with 
MediaMonks), or such later date as the Company and each of the Incentive Share classes agree, the Incentive 
Shares must be sold to the Company at a price per Incentive Share equal to the subscription price of £25.00 per 
Incentive Share.

Leaver provisions
The Incentive Shares are subject to leaver provisions. If a holder of Incentive Shares ceases to be employed by or 
hold office with the Group, that holder will become a ‘Leaver’ and, depending on the circumstances of his or her 
departure, certain of his or her Incentive Shares may be subject to forfeiture.

81

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 £

500

450

Remuneration Report continued

400
Share price
The chart below illustrates the performance over the period of an investment of £100 in the Company’s shares 
350
made on 13 September 2018, shortly before the Company acquired the S4Capital Group and was re-admitted 
to trading on the Official List, to 31 December 2020. This has been compared to the performance of the same 
investment on the same date in both (i) the FTSE 350 Media Sector, and (ii) a market capitalisation-weighted basket 
of five other global advertising and marketing services companies. The chart also illustrates the comparative 
performance of these five companies on a regional basis, separating the US companies from the others, as well 
as that of Accenture and Globant. The Board believes that, taken together, these are the most appropriate broad 
comparators for the Company’s performance for the purpose of the reporting regulations. The dotted section of the 
line below represents the period before the Company was named S4Capital.

250

300

£

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

200

150

100

50

0

13 Sep 2018

S4Capital plc

31 Dec 2018

13 Sep 2018

31 March 2019

30 June 2019

30 Sep 2019

31 Dec 2018

31 Dec 2019

31 March 2020

31 March 2019

30 June 2020

30 Sep 2020

31 Dec 2020

30 June 2019

30 Sep 2019

31 Dec 2019

31 March 2020

30 June 2020

30 Sep 2020

31 Dec 2020

FTSE 350 Media

Accenture

Globant

Global advertising and marketing services companies

Interpublic & Omnicom (weighted)

WPP, Publicis & Dentsu (weighted)

Global advertising and marketing services companies

Interpublic & Omnicom (weighted)

WPP, Publicis & Dentsu (weighted)

Source: Thomas Reuters Datastream 

S4Capital plc

The table below sets out the performance of an investment of £100 made in the Group on 29 May 2018, which 
Globant
FTSE 350 Media
was the date of the foundational investment into S4 Limited, through the dates of the Group’s placings and 
business combinations and up to the end of the year to 31 December 2020. This has been compared against the 
performance of an equivalent investment made on 29 May 2018 in the same comparators used in the chart above.

Accenture

29 May 
2018

09 July 
2018

24 December 
2018

31 December 
2018

25 October 
2019

31 December 
2019

16 July 
2020

31 December 
2020

S4Capital plc
FTSE 350 Media

Global advertising and 
marketing services 
companies
Interpublic & Omnicom 
(weighted)
WPP, Publicis & Dentsu 
(weighted)
Accenture

Globant

100
100

100

116
105

104

100

108

100

102

100

100

108

111

128
96

91

101

85

92

108

138
97

94

165
114

94

107

115

87

97

115

80

126

179

224
120

98

118

84

140

208

366
94

72

92

56

155

327

581
107

85

103

73

172

413

The table below sets out the Executive Chairman’s total remuneration as a single figure, together with the 
percentage of maximum annual incentive awarded over the same period as the chart above in respect of the 
Company’s share price.

Executive Chairman single figure of remuneration (£000)
Annual bonus payout (% of maximum)

Share award vesting (% of maximum)

82

Year to 
31 December 
2018

Year to 
31 December 
2019

Year to 
31 December 
2020

140
100%

n/a

272
85%

n/a

218
75%

n/a

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Percentage change in remuneration of Directors compared to employees
The table below shows the year-on-year percentage change in salary, benefits and bonus from the year ended 
31 December 2019 to the year ended 31 December 2020 for all Directors, compared with the average change in 
employee pay. 

The figures for the Directors are based on the single total figure table on page 78. As explained in the Statement 
from the Chairman of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, reductions in salary and fees were in place 
across the Director population between 1 April and 30 September 2020 (31 December 2020 in the case of 
Christopher S. Martin and Pete Kim) in response to the impact of the covid-19 pandemic. 

Executive Directors

Sir Martin Sorrell 

Victor Knaap

Wesley ter Haar

Peter Rademaker 

Pete Kim

Christopher S. Martin

Scott Spirit1

Non-Executive Directors

Rupert Faure Walker

Paul Roy

Sue Prevezer

Daniel Pinto

Elizabeth Buchanan1

Naoko Okumoto1

Margaret Ma Connolly1

Miles Young1

All UK Group employees2

Notes:

Salary/Fees

Benefits

Bonus

-25%

-48%

-48%

-22%

-75%

-36%

–

35%

35%

13%

13%

–

–

–

–

-21%

–

–

–

-100%

-93%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

-12%

-16%

-16%

-8%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3%

-16%

11%

1.  Percentage change not shown for these Directors as they did not serve for the full prior year.
2.  Included to provide a more representative sample of the wider employee base as other than the Directors there is only one employee of S4Capital plc. Excludes UK 

employees of businesses acquired during 2020.

83

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Remuneration Report continued

Pay Ratio
Although S4Capital did not have more than 250 UK employees during 2020, and is thus not formally required to 
publish the ratio of the Executive Chairman’s pay to the wider UK employee base, the Committee has decided to 
again do so as a matter of good practice. 

Method

25th percentile pay ratio

Median pay ratio

75th percentile pay ratio

20201

Option A2

Total pay and benefits £000

Salary £000

20191

Total pay and benefits £000

Salary £000

Note:

Option A

5.3

£41

£37

6.8

£40

£40

3.7

£59

£51

5.8

£47

£47

2.8

£77

£71

4.1

£67

£65

1.  The calculations of the pay for the employees at the different levels have been calculated as of 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 respectively. The pay ratio data 

for 2019 has been restated to correct an error in the figures presented in last year’s Remuneration Report.

2.  The Company must calculate a single figure for of all its UK employees for the relevant financial year in order to identify the employee whose pay and benefits are at the 

25th, 50th and 75th percentiles. This is the option that most investors favour.

We have chosen Option A to ensure that the most accurate information is used for the purposes of calculating 
the pay ratio. A full-time equivalent calculation has been applied to the pay of part-time employees and 
those leaving or joining during each year to ensure an appropriate annualised comparison with the pay of the 
Executive Chairman.

The Committee believes that the median pay ratio for 2020, as disclosed in the table above, is reflective of the 
current pay policies across the Group as a whole at this stage. Employees’ pay packages are designed to be 
competitive and to ensure that performance as a whole is rewarded through appropriate incentive schemes. 
The ratios at all three levels also reflect the fact that the pay for the Executive Chairman is relatively low when 
compared with the pay for leaders of companies of a similar size to S4Capital. One reason for the change in ratio 
between 2019 and 2020 is that the pay for the Executive Chairman for 2020 was notably lower than in 2019, 
reflecting among other things his salary reduction for a portion of the year and a lower annual bonus payment.

To date, the Committee has not directly engaged with the workforce to explain how executive remuneration aligns 
with wider Company pay policy. However, the Committee is responsible for monitoring workforce remuneration and 
related policies and the relationship between the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the arrangements in place for 
the wider workforce.

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the relative importance of spend on pay for all of the Group’s people in comparison to 
distributions to shareowners. Total pay includes wages and salaries, pension costs, social security and share-
based payments. The Company did not make any distributions to shareowners in respect of the financial period.

Average number of employees

Total personnel costs (£000)

Total distributions to shareowners (£000)

Year to 31 
December 
2019

Year to 31 
December 
2020

1,457

2,677

111,572

205,135

–

–

% change

84%

84%

–

84

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Statement of voting on remuneration
The table below provides details of the voting results on (i) the Directors’ Remuneration Report resolution presented 
for shareowner approval at the AGM held on 8 June 2020, and (ii) the Directors’ Remuneration Policy resolution 
presented for shareowner approval at the AGM held on 29 May 2019.

Approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report (2020 AGM)

258,238,753

3,063

258,241,816 12,197,672

Votes for

Votes against

Total votes cast Votes withheld

Approve the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (2019 AGM)

224,366,978

60,300

224,427,278 31,328,479

99.97%

0.03%

Nomination and Remuneration Committee membership and meetings
The Committee comprises three independent Non-Executive Directors. There were six meetings of the Committee 
held during the year. The following table sets out details of attendance at Committee meetings.

100%

0.00%

Paul Roy (Chairman)

Rupert Faure Walker

Sue Prevezer

Committee member since

28 September 2018

28 September 2018

14 November 2018

Attendance 
at meetings 
during 2020

6

6

6

Sir Martin Sorrell and Peter Rademaker may attend meetings as an observer by invitation. No Director participates 
in decisions regarding his or her own remuneration.

During 2020, the Committee received external advice from Korn Ferry, for which it received fees of £27,302. 
Korn Ferry was appointed by the Committee and the Committee is satisfied that the advice it receives is objective 
and independent. Korn Ferry is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and operates under its code of 
conduct. No other services were provided by Korn Ferry to the Company during 2020.

Implementation of Remuneration Policy for 2021
The Remuneration Policy approved at the AGM in May 2019 will continue to apply for the year ending 
31 December 2021.

Basic salary
The Executive Directors’ basic salaries were restored to their full levels with effect from 1 October 2020 (1 January 
2021 in the case of Pete Kim and Christopher S. Martin), after being reduced in April 2020 in response to the 
covid-19 outbreak.

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee has agreed that no increases to basic salary levels will apply from 
1 January 2021. 

85

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Remuneration Report continued

Pension and benefits 
The Committee has reviewed the operation of pension and benefits within the shareowner-approved Policy and has 
made some limited adjustments as set out below to provide a more consistent approach to the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration packages as well as to comply with Dutch regulation. 

Sir Martin Sorrell will continue to receive pension contributions at a rate equivalent to 30% of basic salary. 
Scott Spirit will continue to receive pension contributions of 10% of basic salary. Victor Knaap, Wesley ter Haar and 
Peter Rademaker will receive Dutch age-related pension contributions. Pete Kim and Christopher Martin do not 
currently receive pension contributions.

Benefits provided are the same as those in 2020. 

Annual bonus
The Committee has decided that the annual bonus scheme for 2021 will operate in a broadly similar manner to that 
in place for 2020. 70% of the bonus scheme will again be payable by reference to performance measured against 
financial metrics, namely gross profit growth and EBITDA margin. The remaining 30% will be payable by reference 
to key non-financial objectives. Of this 30%, 20% will be based on goals linked to the integration of businesses 
within S4Capital, including in relation to rebranding, the further development of software systems, the optimal 
use of property and the 202 strategy. The remaining 10% will be based on an assessment of ESG performance. 
Full details of the metrics and targets will be disclosed in next year’s Remuneration Report.

The maximum bonus opportunity for 2021 will be 100% of basic salary for all Executive Directors including Peter 
Rademaker. Prior to 2021, some Directors have had lower bonus opportunities, reflecting the arrangements in place 
when they joined the Group. Now, as S4 Capital approaches the third anniversary of its launch, and to reinforce the 
unitary nature of the business, the Committee believes it is the right time to align the bonus potential for all of the 
Directors leading our operating businesses. This change is consistent with the terms of the shareowner-approved 
Remuneration Policy. More information is included in the Statement from the Chairman of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee on page 64.

The bonus scheme includes recovery and withholding provisions. These apply for a period of three years following 
payment and are applicable in the following circumstances: misstatement of accounts, misconduct, error in 
calculating variable pay, serious reputational damage or corporate failure.

Share incentives
At the time of writing, the Committee does not have any specific plans to grant new share incentive awards to any 
Executive Director during 2021. However, the Committee will keep this matter under review during the year and 
may take a different approach if deemed appropriate. Any awards will be consistent with the terms of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy.

Non-Executive Directors
The fees for the Non-Executive Directors were reduced by 50% from 1 April to 30 September 2020 as a response 
to the covid-19 outbreak. The fees were restored to their full levels with effect from 1 October 2020 and will remain 
unchanged for 2021.

The NEDs receive a base fee of £37,500, with an additional fee of £7,500 paid to each of the Senior Independent 
Director, Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee and Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee. 

86

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Directors’ Report

S4Capital plc is incorporated and domiciled in the UK and is registered in England with the registered number 10476913. 
The correspondence address and registered office of the Company is 12 St James’s Place, London SW1A 1NX.

This report has been drawn up and presented in accordance with, and in reliance upon, applicable English law and 
the liabilities of the Directors in preparing this report shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions provided by 
such law. The Directors’ report is designed to inform shareowners and help them assess how the Directors have 
performed their duty to promote the success of the Company.

Strategic Report and corporate governance
The Strategic Report can be found on pages 6 to 36 and is included by reference into this Directors’ report. 
The Strategic Report sets out the development and performance of the Group’s business during the financial 
period, the position of the Group at the end of the period, a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group, indications of future developments in the business and reporting of ESG activities. The Strategic 
Report also sets out a summary of how the Directors have engaged with our people as well as how the Directors 
have had regard to the need to foster the Group’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others. 
The other sections of the Group’s Governance Report are also included by reference into this report. 

Dividend
No dividend was declared or paid in respect of the year to 31 December 2020 and the Directors are not 
recommending that a final dividend be paid. The Directors intend to commence the payment of dividends 
when it becomes commercially prudent to do so. The payment of any dividends will be subject to maintaining 
an appropriate level of dividend cover and the need to retain sufficient funds for reinvestment in the business 
to finance any merger opportunities, capital expenditure and for other working capital purposes.

Share capital
The shares in issue at the year-end comprised 542,065,458 Ordinary Shares of £0.25 each (2019: 469,227,259 
Ordinary Shares of £0.25 each) and one B Share of £1.00 (2019: one), giving a total nominal value of £135,516,364 
(2019: £117,306,816). Movements in the Company’s share capital in the year are shown in the consolidated 
statement of changes in equity.

The holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to 
one vote per share at general meetings of the Company. The holder of the B Share has no right to receive dividends 
and is entitled to one vote at general meetings of the Company when voting in favour of resolutions, and such 
number of votes as may be required to defeat the relevant resolution when voting against.

The Ordinary Shares have a standard listing on the London Stock Exchange.

Restrictions on transfer of securities
The Ordinary Shares are freely transferable and there are no restrictions on transfer. Except for Sir Martin Sorrell, 
who holds the B Share, as a result of which he exercises a significant degree of control over the Company (as more 
fully described in the Governance Report on page 61) no other person holds securities in the Company carrying 
special rights with regard to control of the Company. The Company is not aware of any agreements between 
holders of securities that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or voting right.

Amendment of Articles of Association
Any amendments to the Articles may be made in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 by 
way of special resolution.

Appointment and Removal of Directors
Any appointment and removal of a Director requires the consent of Sir Martin Sorrell as the holder of the B Share. 
The processes for the appointment and replacement of Directors are governed by the Company’s Articles of 
Association and the Companies Act 2006. In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, Directors stand 
for election at the Annual General Meeting following their appointment, and stand for re-election on an annual basis 
at each Annual General Meeting thereafter.

87

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Directors’ Report continued

Powers of the Company Directors
The AGM in 2020 authorised the Directors to allot shares up to a maximum nominal amount of £40,182,979 (i.e. 
one-third of the Company’s then-issued and outstanding share capital) and to buy back up to 48,219,575 Ordinary 
Shares (i.e. 10% of the Company's then-issued outstanding share capital). At the 2021 AGM, shareowners will be 
asked to renew the Directors' authority to allot new securities and to buy back existing Ordinary Shares. Details are 
contained in the Notice of Annual General Meeting.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 28 April 2021, the Directors had been advised of the following interests representing 3% or more of the 
Company’s issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares. 

Substantial shareowners of 3% or more, as at 28 April 2021

Number of shares % shareholding

Sir Martin Sorrell1

Jupiter Fund Management

Stanhope

Oro en Fools B.V.

Canaccord Genuity Wealth Management

EBT (Diagonal Nominees Limited)

Lanya Havas Zambrano

Rathbone

Note:

54,199,594

45,516,605

37,811,224

35,000,000

26,628,566

31,599,207

26,163,356

25,982,400

9.95

8.36

6.94

6.43

4.89

5.80

4.80

4.77

1  Sir Martin Sorrell has, in aggregate, donated 3,910,000 Ordinary Shares to the UBS Donor Advised Foundation.

It should be noted that these holdings may have changed since being notified to the Company. However, notification 
of any change is not required until the next applicable threshold is crossed. As at the date of this report, no further 
changes had been notified to the Company pursuant to Rule 5.1 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules.

Directors
The Directors of the Company up to the date of this report are named on pages 51 to 55 together with their profiles. 
Miles Young was appointed to the Board on 1 July 2020. 

All Directors who have served during the year and who remain a Director as at 31 December 2020 will retire and 
offer themselves for election at the forthcoming AGM. The interests of the Directors in the share capital of the 
Company at 31 December 2020, the Directors’ total remuneration for the year and details of their service contracts 
and Letters of Appointment are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 70 to 86.

Other than the Incentive Shares held by Sir Martin Sorrell and the options over Incentives Shares held by Scott 
Spirit as disclosed on page 79, no Directors have beneficial interests in the shares of any subsidiary company. 
The interests of the Directors in the share capital of the Company have not changed between 31 December 2020 
and 28 April 2021, except as noted on page 80.

Directors’ indemnities
The Company maintains Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, which gives appropriate cover for legal actions, 
which might be brought against its Directors and officers. The Directors also have the benefit of an indemnity from 
the Company, the terms of which are in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ conflict of interest
The Group has procedures in place for managing conflicts of interest. Should a Director become aware that he or 
she, or his or her connected parties, have an interest in an existing or proposed transaction with the Group, he or 
she should notify the Board in writing or at the next Board meeting. Internal controls are in place to ensure that any 
related party transactions involving Directors, or their connected parties, are conducted on an arm’s length basis. 
Directors have a continuing duty to update any changes to these conflicts.

Significant agreements – change of control
The Group’s term loan and revolving facility contain customary prepayment, cancellation and default provisions 
including, if required by a lender, mandatory prepayment of all utilisations provided by that lender upon the sale of 
all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Group or a change of control. The Company does not have 

88

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020agreements with any Director that would provide compensation for loss of office or employment resulting from a 
takeover except for provisions, which may cause awards granted under such arrangements to vest on a takeover.

Corporate responsibility
The Board considers that issues of corporate responsibility are important. The Board’s report, including the Group’s 
policies on employee involvement and disability, is set out on pages 58 to 61.

Group Energy and Carbon Report
This Energy and Carbon Report for the Group for the year ending 31 December 2020 is provided in compliance 
with the requirements for Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting, as set out in in Part 7 of the Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008. 

This Energy and Carbon Report focuses on the scope 1 and scope 2 emissions (and associated energy usage) 
which we are required to report separately under the regulations. For a broader discussion of the Group’s carbon 
footprint, and its approach to emissions and sustainability please see the ESG: sustainability and corporate 
responsibility section of the Strategic Report. Amongst other things this includes discussion of our scope 3 
emissions (including those associated with third-party operated server energy use). 

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting energy data and emissions

Emissions 
Scope 1: Emissions from activities which the Company owns or 
controls including combustion of fuel & operation of facilities (tCO2e)
Scope 2: Emissions from purchase of electricity, heat, steam and 
cooling purchased for own use (tCO2e)

Total gross scope 1 and scope 2 emissions (tCO2e)

Energy consumption

Year to 31 December 2020 

UK and offshore

Global  
(excluding UK and offshore)

7.44

10.69

18.13

210.60

387.92

598.52

Total energy consumption used to calculate above emissions (kWh)

95,800

2,644,960

Intensity ratio

Emissions (scope 1 and scope 2) per FTE in kg CO2e

171.98

240.63

Comparison against previous year’s emissions
For the year to 31 December 2019, the Group’s reporting was focused on the energy usage of its UK offices, 
given the size and shape of the Group, its approach to emissions reporting, and the requirements of the emission 
reporting legislation at that time was different to the present reporting year. As such, caution needs to be taken in 
comparing 2019 and 2020 figures. 

The Group’s reported UK energy usage for the year to 31 December 2019 was 123,060.70 kWh, equivalent to 
28.74 tCO2e with an intensity ratio of 359.20 kg CO2e per FTE. This compares to a UK energy usage for the year to 
31 December 2020 of 95,800 kWh, equivalent to 27.84 tCO2e and an intensity ratio of 171.98 kg CO2e per FTE. 

Whilst the significant reduction, between the 2019 and 2020 reporting years, in emissions intensity in particular is 
welcome, the closure and/or limited occupancy of a number of offices in 2020 due to covid-19 needs to be taken 
into account in any comparison of the 2019 and 2020 figures. The longer-term impact of changing working patterns 
(as a result of covid-19 and otherwise) on its carbon footprint is something that the Group will be monitoring 
going forwards. 

Methodology 
The Group calculated its emissions in accordance with the GHG Reporting Protocol - Corporate Standard. 

For the energy and emissions calculations, we have used actual data where possible. However, in some limited 
cases, estimates based on extrapolation had to be used. For example, for some of the Group’s shared offices 
the energy use (and cost) is shared amongst various different organisations inhabiting what is effectively the 
same space – and in these cases we have had to extrapolate the Group’s share of the consumption based on a 
headcount or other reasonable basis. 

89

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Directors’ Report continued

To convert input energy usage data (e.g. electricity used, number of kilometres driven) to CO2, we have used 
the most recent and applicable available conversion factors (e.g. from DEFRA or CO2emissiefactoren.nl). 
For electricity consumption, those conversion factors were location-based. We have also used appropriate 
recognised conversion factors to convert input data for gas, district heating and company cars into kWh for the 
reporting of overall energy usage. 

The averages per FTE used in the intensity ratios are based on the average number of FTE throughout the year 
(which for 2020 was 105.42). 

Also note that due to covid-19 many of our offices were only open for three months of the year and data from the 
home-workspaces of our employees (e.g. gas and electricity use) is not included in the reported emissions.

Energy efficiency actions taken 
The Group continually looks for opportunities to improve the energy efficiency of its business. As an 
expanding business, an important element of this is new offices. Sustainability matters are taken into account 
in our selection and integration of new offices – for example one of the biggest new offices in the year to 
31 December 2020 was the new Hilversum office which, among other things, has solar panels on the roof and no 
gas connection.

Another important element regarding energy efficiency is the electricity and server use for the work the Group is 
doing for its clients. With the Sustainable Production pillar and specifically the Green Production Manifesto that 
is under development, the Group is looking to identify ways to decrease its energy consumption in this area – for 
example, by making algorithms smaller. These measures will not only reduce the energy consumption for the 
Group, but also the end-consumer.

For a wider discussion of the Group’s initiatives relating to energy efficiency and sustainability please see the 
ESG: sustainability and corporate responsibility section of the Strategic Report (see page 14).

Employees
The Group is committed to equal opportunities and non-discrimination in all aspects of employment, regardless 
of age, beliefs, physical challenges, ethnic origin, gender, marital status, race, religion or sexual orientation. 
The Group also complies with all applicable national and international human and labour rights within the 
locations in which it operates. Robust communications channels ensure that our people are kept informed of the 
Group’s activities, performance and future plans. 

Political donations
During the year the Group did not make any donations or contributions to any political party or other political 
organisation and did not incur any political expenditure within the meanings of sections 362 to 379 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Events after the balance sheet date
Events after the balance sheet date are disclosed in Note 27 to the financial statements.

Annual General Meeting
The ‘hybrid’ AGM of the Company will be held at 1.00pm on 7 June 2021. For participation details please refer to 
the Notice of AGM.

The resolutions being proposed at the 2021 AGM include the receipt of this Annual Report and Accounts 
including the Directors’ Remuneration Report and Remuneration Policy, the election or re-election of all the 
members of the Board, the reappointment of the auditors, the renewal for a further year of the limited authority of 
the Directors to allot the unissued share capital of the Company and the disapplication of pre-emption rights, the 
renewal of the authority to make off-market purchases, the request for shareowner approval to reduce the notice 
period for calling general meetings (other than the AGM) to 14 clear days and amendments to the Company’s 
Articles of Association.

90

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance 
and position are set out on pages 100 to 142. The financial position of the Group, its billings, gross profit and 
profitability are described on page 102. In addition, Note 5 to the Group financial statements include the Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital and financial risk, its financial risk management 
objectives, details of its financial instruments and hedging activities and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity 
risk. Having considered the Group’s cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities, the Board has a 
reasonable expectation that the Company and Group have adequate resources to meet their financial obligations 
as they fall due for a period of at least 12 months from the date of signing these financial statements and future 
and have therefore continued to adopt the going concern basis in preparing these financial statements. For further 
details on going concern see Note 1 on pages 105 to 106.

Independent auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has confirmed its willingness to continue as auditors of the Group.

In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, separate resolutions for the appointment of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of the Group and for the Directors to determine its remuneration will be 
proposed at the forthcoming AGM of the Company.

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors have prepared the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and the company financial 
statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ and applicable laws).

Under company law, Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that 
period. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to:

 A select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

 A state whether applicable IFRSs as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) have been 
followed for the Group financial statements and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 
have been followed for the Company financial statements, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements;

 A make judgments and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

 A prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the group 

and company will continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the 
group’s and company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of 
the group and company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the 
United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation 
in other jurisdictions.

91

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Directors’ Report continued

Directors’ confirmations
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in the Governance Report confirm that, to the best of 
their knowledge:

 A the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the 

International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and loss of the Group;

 A the Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, comprising FRS 101, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of 
the Company; and

 A the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position 

of the Group and Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is approved:

 A so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s and Company’s 

auditors are unaware; and

 A they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware 
of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s and Company’s auditors are aware of 
that information. 

Approved by the Board on 7 May 2021 and signed on its behalf by: 

Sir Martin Sorrell 
Executive Chairman 

7 May 2021

Peter Rademaker
Group Chief Financial Officer

92

Governance ReportS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Independent auditors’ report to the members of S4Capital plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:
 A S4Capital plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the ‘financial statements’) give 

a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2020 and of the 
Group’s and Company’s loss and the Group’s cash flows for the year then ended;

 A the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting 

standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006;

 A the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 

Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced 
Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law); and

 A the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2020 (the ‘Annual 
Report’), which comprise: Consolidated and Company balance sheets as at 31 December 2020; Consolidated 
statement of profit or loss, Consolidated statement of comprehensive income, Consolidated statement of cash 
flows and the Consolidated and Company statements of changes in equity for the year then ended; and the notes 
to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee.

Separate opinion in relation to international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 
1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union

As explained in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Group, in addition to applying international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, has also applied international financial 
reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

In our opinion, the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international 
financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the 
European Union.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) ((‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest 
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard were not provided.

Other than those disclosed in Note 7, we have provided no non-audit services to the Company in the period 
under audit.

Our audit approach
Context
S4Capital plc is a United Kingdom-based company that provides digital advertising and marketing services via 
two operating segments: Content and Data & Digital Media (DDM). In the current year, the Group has continued 
on a strategy of rapid growth through acquisition as further described within Note 4 of the financial statements. 
Further details regarding our audit procedures over the significant acquisitions in the year have been detailed within 
our Key Audit Matter in relation to purchase price allocation and acquisition accounting for significant acquisitions.

93

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Independent auditors’ report to the members of S4Capital plc continued

Overview

Audit scope

 A We conducted an audit of the complete financial information of 11 components. Specific balances and financial 
statement line items were audited within additional reporting units based on their size. Acquisition accounting 
and share based payments were tested at the Group level. The reporting units where we performed an audit of 
complete financial information, in addition to the audit of consolidation journals and specified procedures over 
other reporting units accounted for 77% of Group revenue.

Key audit matters

 A Purchase price allocation and acquisition accounting for significant acquisitions (Group)
 A Fraud in revenue recognition (Group)
 A Impact of covid-19 (Group and Parent)

Materiality

 A Overall Group materiality: £3.4 million (2019: £2.1 million) based on approximately 1% of revenue.
 A Overall Company materiality: £7.0 million (2019: £4.9 million) based on approximately 1% of total assets.
 A Performance materiality: £2.6 million (Group) and £5.3 million (Company).

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the 
audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect 
on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in 
the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Accounting for and disclosure of A1 shares, which was a key audit matter last year, is no longer included because 
no A1 shares were awarded in the year. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter
Purchase price allocation and acquisition 
accounting for significant acquisitions (Group) 
Refer to Note 1D (Critical accounting estimates 
and judgment), 1G (Intangible assets) and Note 4 
(acquisitions).

During the year the Group continued to make a 
number of acquisitions with a total consideration 
of £280.1 million and also completed the 
purchase price allocation of Biztech and 
Firewood (see Note 4). As a result of these 
acquisitions, the following intangible assets were 
recognised: customer relationships £39.4 million; 
brands £1.1 million; order backlog £3.1 million, 
software £2.3 million, and goodwill of £228.4 
million. Accounting for business combinations 
can be complex, particularly in relation to the 
identification of intangible assets and accounting 
for deferred and/or contingent consideration. 

We focused on the judgments management 
made in these respects, particularly in relation to 
identification and valuation of intangible assets 
and the critical estimates that could lead to a 
material misstatement of intangible assets.

94

How our audit addressed the key audit matter
We obtained the sale and purchase agreements (SPAs) for 
each acquisition in the period and read them to ensure that 
we understood the substance of the transaction, including the 
consideration and the assets and liabilities acquired. We tested 
cash consideration to bank statements and checked that any 
deferred and/or contingent consideration had been correctly 
recognised in line with the acquisition agreements. 

We reviewed the purchase price allocation reports provided 
by management’s experts and considered the valuer’s ability 
to prepare an analysis to reasonably estimate the value of the 
acquired intangible assets.

We assessed the completeness of the intangible assets 
recognised by management and the valuation methodologies 
used, to consider if these were appropriate methods of 
valuation for these types of assets.

We recalculated the amounts included within the financial 
statements. We tested the accuracy and completeness 
of models used for calculating the separately identified 
intangible assets by comparing them to models used on prior 
acquisitions within the Group and to those typically used in the 
industry in our experience.

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Key audit matter

Fraud in revenue recognition (Group) 
Refer to Note 1C (Revenue recognition).

As the Group has ambitious growth plans, we 
considered the incentive for management to 
perpetrate fraud by posting fictitious journals 
to revenue or by moving revenue between the 
2020 and 2021 financial periods in order to 
achieve targets. We considered there to be a 
risk of material misstatement in relation to the 
occurrence and cut off of revenue.

Impact of covid-19 (Group and Parent) 
Refer to Note 1C (Basis of measurement, Going 
concern).

On 11 March 2020 the coronavirus (covid-19) 
outbreak was declared a global pandemic by 
the World Health Organisation. Management 
considered the possible impact of the pandemic 
on the Group’s and Company’s future liquidity by 
preparing cash flow forecasts up to 31 December 
2022 in order to support the going concern 
statement on page 91. Management agreed the 
terms of an additional loan facility in July 2020.

How our audit addressed the key audit matter
We challenged management in particular on the recognition of 
customer relationships and were able to corroborate these to 
historical customer data or acquisition specific circumstances.

We agreed the underlying projections to management’s 
cash flow models signed off by the Board to ensure both 
consistency and actual cash flows being in line with those 
predicted. We challenged the key assumptions used including 
terminal growth rates and discount rates.

We agreed the current assets and liabilities acquired, which 
consisted mainly of cash and debtor balances, by vouching 
them to supporting documentation such as bank statements 
and confirming that they had been treated in line with the terms 
of the contract.

The recognition of intangible assets is judgmental, but we 
are satisfied that the assumptions and models used by 
management are reasonable and consistent with prior years. 
We are satisfied that the treatment of consideration is in line 
with IFRS 3 and concur with the management assumption that 
budgeted profit targets will be met on those acquisitions with 
contingent consideration.
The fraud risk related to cut off in relation to open contracts 
at the year-end for seven of the eight Content components 
(including two which were audited by the Group team) and 
occurrence through posting fictitious journals for all nine 
components (including one DDM component). To address the 
cut off risk, the Group and component teams specifically tested 
a selection of open contracts at the year end. 

On all nine components, testing was performed over unusual 
revenue journal postings.

We reviewed the working papers of the component auditors, 
attended calls and discussions to ensure the correct approach 
was adopted and no issues were noted.

We reviewed management’s forecast base case and confirmed 
that it is consistent with our understanding from performing 
our audit procedures. We reviewed and challenged the 
assumptions included and confirmed the cost measures 
applied are within management’s control and compared 
assumptions to actual results over the last year, which was 
impacted by the pandemic. We obtained an understanding of 
other measures available to the Group to mitigate against the 
impact of covid-19. We read management’s presentation to 
the Board of Directors and reviewed the minutes of the related 
discussion. We agreed the additional loan facility to underlying 
documentation and audited the drawn down amount of 
the total facility to bank statements. We performed a stress 
test on the model prepared by management to understand 
how sensitive the cash position and covenant headroom is 
to changes in assumptions included by management given 
the impact of covid-19 on future projects. We concluded 
management’s forecast and assumptions were reasonable. We 
reviewed management’s disclosures in relation to the potential 
impact of covid-19 and found them to be consistent with the 
base case prepared by management. Our reporting on going 
concern is set out below.

95

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Independent auditors’ report to the members of S4Capital plc continued

How we tailored the audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the 
financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting 
processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion 
on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the 
accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate. The Group’s financial statements are 
a consolidation of 107 legal entities which sit under either the Content or DDM practices. PwC identified that each 
legal entity meets the criteria for a component, and based on this methodology, 11 components were identified 
as in scope. Two of these components were deemed financially significant as their revenue made up more than 
10% of the Group revenue. A further nine components were identified as in scope due to having large or unusual 
balances. Our audit scope addressed 77% of Group revenue. Of the 11 reporting units in scope, seven trading 
reporting units have been audited by component auditors. The remaining two trading reporting units, one holding 
company and the Parent Company have been audited by the UK Group audit team. Our audit work across 
these reporting units, together with the additional procedures performed at the Group level on the consolidation, 
share based payments and acquisitions, gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the Group financial 
statements as a whole. The audit of the Company financial statements consisted of the full scope audit of one 
reporting unit which operates as the ultimate holding Company. 

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures 
and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as 
a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Overall materiality

£3.4 million (2019: £2.1 million).

£7.0 million (2019: £4.9 million).

How we determined it

Approximately 1% of revenue.

Approximately 1% of total assets.

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

Given the emphasis on growth, 
particularly over revenues, we considered 
total revenues to be the primary measure 
of the performance of the Group for the 
year ended 31 December 2020. 

For the period, we believe that total 
assets is the primary measure considered 
by shareowners with respect to the 
Company’s results, and is a generally 
accepted auditing benchmark. 

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group 
materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was between £0.5 million and £3.2 million.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of 
uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance 
materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, 
classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality 
was 75% of overall materiality, amounting to £2.6 million for the Group financial statements and £5.3 million for the 
Company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk 
assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount at the upper 
end of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our 
audit above £165,000 (Group audit) (2019: £100,000) and £351,500 (Company audit) (2019: £245,000) as well as 
misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

96

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting included:

 A Obtaining and reviewing the bank facility agreements including covenant arrangements;

 A Assessing the appropriateness of the cash flow forecasts in the context of the Group’s 2020 financial position 

and evaluating the Directors’ downside sensitivities against these forecasts;

 A Evaluating the key assumptions in the forecasts and considering whether these appeared reasonable, for 
example by comparing forecast sales growth to industry forecasts and historical growth rates achieved;

 A Examining the minimum committed facility headroom under the base case cash flow forecasts and sensitised 

cases and evaluating whether the Directors’ conclusion that liquidity headroom remained in all events 
was reasonable;

 A Obtaining and re-performing the Group’s most recent covenant compliance calculations and subsequent bi-

annual forecast covenant compliance calculations based on the forecasts provided by management; 

 A Reviewing the disclosures provided relating to the going concern basis of preparation, and confirming that these 

provided an explanation of the Directors’ assessment that was consistent with the evidence we obtained.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 months from when the financial statements are authorised 
for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the 
Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the 
relevant sections of this report.

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and 
our auditors’ report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to 
the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent 
material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there 
is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based 
on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by 
the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain 
opinions and matters as described overleaf.

Strategic Report and Directors’ report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic 
Report and Directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2020 is consistent with the financial statements and 
has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ report.

97

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Independent auditors’ report to the members of S4Capital plc continued

Directors’ Remuneration

In our opinion, the part of the Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, 
the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable 
framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such 
internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in 
line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including 
fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations related to tax and employment legislation, and we considered the extent to which 
non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and 
regulations that have a direct impact on the preparation of the financial statements such as the Companies Act 
2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial 
statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to 
manipulation of significant estimates including acquisition adjustments, material allocations of value between 
amortising intangibles and goodwill, and share based payments. The Group engagement team shared this risk 
assessment with the component auditors so that they could include appropriate audit procedures in response 
to such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed by the Group engagement team and/or component 
auditors included:

 A Discussions with management, the Audit and Risk Committee and the Group’s legal advisers, including 
consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations and fraud;  

 A Evaluation of management’s controls designed to prevent and detect irregularities;

 A Challenging assumptions and judgments made by management in their significant accounting estimates, 

in particular in relation to purchase price allocation (see related key audit matter below); and

 A Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations 

and period end journals.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of 
instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions 
reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher 
than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, 
forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

98

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using 
data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than 
testing complete populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk 
characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population 
from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website 
at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving 
these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is 
shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting 
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

 A we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

 A adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 

been received from branches not visited by us; or

 A certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

 A the Company financial statements and the part of the Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement 

with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Appointment
We were appointed by the members on 28 January 2019 to audit the financial statements for the year ended 
31 December 2018 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is three years, 
covering the years ended 31 December 2018 to 31 December 2020.

Mark Jordan (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
7 May 2021

99

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Consolidated statement of profit or loss
For the year ended 31 December 2020

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Personnel costs

Other operating expenses

Acquisition and set-up related expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Total operating expenses

Operating profit (loss)

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusting items

Operating profit (loss)

Finance income

Finance expenses

Net finance expenses

Profit (loss) before income tax

Income tax expense

Loss for the year

Attributable to owners of the Company

Attributable to non-controlling interests

Loss per share is attributable to the ordinary equity holders of 
the Company

Loss per share (pence)

Diluted loss per share (pence)

Notes

2020 
£000

2019 
£000

6

342,687

215,132

47,505

43,814

295,182

171,318

7

7

7

7

205,135

111,572

30,561

14,338

37,015

25,803

12,806

24,972

287,049

175,153

8,133

(3,835)

57,950

31,148

25

(49,817)

(34,983)

8,133

(3,835)

8

8

9

698

(5,735)

(5,037)

20

(5,380)

(5,360)

3,096

(9,195)

(7,025)

(3,929)

(845)

(10,040)

(3,929)

(10,040)

–

–

(3,929)

(10,040)

10

10

(0.8)

(0.8)

(2.7)

(2.7)

100

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2020

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

2020 
£000

2019 
£000

(3,929)

(10,040)

Foreign operations – foreign currency translation differences

2,905

(20,620)

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Attributable to owners of the Company

Attributable to non-controlling interests

2,905

(1,024)

(20,620)

(30,660)

(1,024)

(30,660)

–

–

(1,024)

(30,660)

101

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Consolidated balance sheet
At 31 December 2020

Assets
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
  Right-of-use assets
  Property, plant and equipment
  Deferred tax assets
  Other receivables

Current assets
  Trade and other receivables
  Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets
Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
  Deferred tax liabilities
  Loans and borrowings
  Lease liabilities
  Contingent consideration
  Other payables

Current liabilities
  Trade and other payables
  Contingent consideration and holdback
  Loans and borrowings
  Lease liabilities
  Tax liabilities

Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Attributable to owners of the Company
  Share capital
  Reserves

  Non-controlling interests
Total equity

Notes

2020 
£000

2019 
£000

11
19
12
13
15

16
17

13
18
19

20

20

19
20

21
21

21

799,129
21,653
14,537
2,068
2,125
839,512

181,391
142,052
323,443
1,162,955

62,100
44,819
15,942
32,593
1,941
157,395

191,125
35,742
45,623
7,047
12,480
292,017
449,412
713,543

135,516
577,927
713,443
100
713,543

540,129
25,779
9,730
1,086
2,731
579,455

126,353
66,106
192,459
771,914

54,834
42,374
18,787
3,669
2,007
121,671

118,014
51,202
–
7,975
6,751
183,942
305,613
466,301

117,307
348,894
466,201
100
466,301

The financial statements on pages 93 to 148 were approved by the Board of Directors on 7 May 2021 and signed on 
its behalf by: 

Sir Martin Sorrell 

Executive Chairman 

Peter Rademaker

Group Chief Financial Officer

Company’s registered number: 10476913

102

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of cash flow
For the year ended 31 December 2020

Cash flows from operating activities

  Profit (loss) before income tax

  Financial income and expenses

  Depreciation and amortisation

  Share based compensation

  Acquisition and set-up related expenses

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

Cash flows from operations

Income taxes paid

Net cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Investments in intangible assets

Investments in property, plant and equipment

  Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

  Financial fixed assets

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

  Proceeds from issuance of shares

  Additional borrowings during the year 

  Payment of lease liabilities and interest

  Repayments of loans and borrowings

Interest paid

Cash flows from financing activities

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

  Cash and cash equivalents beginning of the year

  Exchange gain/(loss) on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

Notes

2020 
£000

2019 
£000

8

7

7

7

3,096

5,038

37,015

12,331

14,338

(9,195)

5,360

24,972

7,177

12,806

(29,282)

(31,288)

29,892

72,428

(10,758)

61,670

22,310

32,142

(7,571)

24,571

11

12

(34)

(7,396)

(1,578)

(7,865)

(124,155)

(56,954)

871

(779)

(130,714)

(67,176)

18

19

18

113,386

45,378

(12,175)

(742)

145,847

97,451

22,418

(6,687)

(24,119)

(4,744)

84,319

76,803

66,106

41,714

25,005

(857)

(613)

142,052

66,106

103

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Number of 
shares

Share 
capital
£000

Share 
premium
£000

Merger 
reserves
£000

Other 
reserves1
£000

Foreign 
exchange 
reserves
£000

Accumulated 
losses
£000

Non-
controlling 
interests
£000

Total
£000

Total 
equity
£000

363,396,923

90,849

52,871 205,717

(847)

1,870

(8,266) 342,194

100 342,294

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

105,324,634

26,331 121,182

505,702

127

249

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(10,040)

(10,040)

–

(10,040)

–

(20,620)

–

(20,620)

–

(20,620)

–

(20,620)

(10,040)

(30,660)

(30,660)

–

(313)

–

–

– 147,513

– 147,513

7,091

7,154

–

7,154

469,227,259 117,307 174,302 205,717

(1,160)

(18,750)

(11,215) 466,201

100 466,301

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

36,766,642

9,192 103,995

34,744,022

8,686

84,564

1,327,535

331

1,334

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

28,655

(454)

(3,929)

(3,929)

2,905

–

2,905

2,905

(3,929)

(1,024)

–

–

–

(3,929)

2,905

(1,024)

–

–

– 113,187

– 113,187

– 121,905

– 121,905

11,963

13,174

–

13,174

542,065,458 135,516 364,195 205,717

27,041

(15,845)

(3,181) 713,443

100 713,543

Equity
Balance at 
1 January 2019
Comprehensive 
loss for the year

  Loss for the year
   Foreign currency 
translation 
differences
Total 
comprehensive 
loss for the year
Transactions 
with owners of 
the Company
   Issue of Ordinary 
Shares 
   Employee share 
schemes
Balance at 31 
December 2019

Comprehensive 
loss for the year

   Loss for the year
   Foreign currency 
translation 
differences
Total 
comprehensive 
loss for the year
Transactions 
with owners of 
the Company
   Issue of Ordinary 
Shares
   Business 
combinations
   Employee share 
schemes
Balance as at 31 
December 2020

Note:
1.  Other reserves include treasury shares issued in the name of S4Capital group to an employee benefit trust to the amount of £3.8 million, £0.3 million EBT pool C, 

£0.5 million relating MightyHive and the deferred consideration of Decoded Advertising of £28.9 million. 

104

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1.  General information
S4Capital plc (‘S4Capital’ or ‘Company’), is a public Company, limited by shares, incorporated on 14 November 
2016 in the United Kingdom. The Company has its registered office at 12 St James’s Place, London, SW1A 1NX, 
United Kingdom.

The consolidated financial statements represent the results of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred 
to as ‘S4Capital Group’ or the ‘Group’). An overview of the subsidiaries is included in Note 14.
S4Capital Group is a new age/new era digital advertising and marketing services company.

2.  Basis of preparation
A.  Statement of compliance
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority. They have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting 
Standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the EU.

On 31 December 2020 EU-adopted IFRS was brought into UK law and became UK-adopted international 
accounting standards, with future changes to IFRS being subject to endorsement by the UK Endorsement Board. 
The Consolidated Financial Statements will transition to UK-adopted international accounting standards for 
financial periods beginning 1 January 2021.

The consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 May 2021.

B.  Functional and presentation currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pound Sterling (£ or GBP), the Company’s functional 
currency. All financial information in Pound Sterling has been rounded to the nearest thousand unless 
otherwise indicated.

C.  Basis of measurement
The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis. The consolidated financial 
statements are prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the fair value measurement of contingent 
considerations. The accounting principle have been consistently applied over the reporting periods.

Going concern

The Directors have considered the ability of the Company and Group to continue as a going concern.  

To date, the tragedy of the covid-19 has only accelerated the speed of digital transformation and disruption at 
consumer, media and enterprise levels. These results confirm that S4Capital is currently in a growth sweet spot  
and that its strategy built around digital only, faster, better, cheaper, unitary, ‘holy trinity’ model, which combines 
first party data with digital content, data and digital media, is migrating from brand awareness and trial to 
conversion at scale.  

As mentioned on page 41, the Group is forecasting significant growth for 2021 and 2022. The directors have 
considered the Group’s cash flow forecasts for the period up to 31 December 2022 under base and downside 
scenarios, with consideration given to the uncertainty of the impact of the covid-19 pandemic on both the wider 
macro-economic environment and the Group. The key assumptions in the base case are considering a V-shape 
recovery in verticals such as technology & telecom, data & analytics, e-commerce, retail online etc. In addition 
the Group expects a strong 2021 and 2022 as a result of fiscal and monetary stimulus resulting in a significant 
GDP growth with a close correlation between GDP and digital marketing expenditure. In the base case we have 
anticipated that the working from home situation will last for the first half of 2021 which reduces office costs and 
travel expenses.

Having considered and modelled plausible down cases, taking into consideration the one year of experience of 
the actual impact of covid-19 on the Company and Group during 2020, the Group maintains sufficient liquidity 
throughout the period of assessment without the use of mitigating actions.

The Group has considerable financial resources available. As at 31 December 2020, the Group has £163 million in 
financial resources (cash and cash equivalent balances of £142 million, and revolving credit facilities of £65 million, 
of which £21.9 million is available until 6 July 2023. The facilities are intended to cover the financing of the cash 
portion of the acquisition consideration, associated acquisition costs and provide the Group with sufficient 
working capital.  

105

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

The Board is satisfied that the Group will be able to operate within the level of its current debt and RCF facilities 
and has sufficient liquidity to meet its financial obligations as they fall due for a period of at least 12 months from 
the date of signing these financial statements. For this reason the Group continues to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing its financial statements.

D.  Critical accounting estimates and judgment
In preparing these consolidated financial statements, S4Capital Group makes certain estimates and judgments. 
Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated based on historical experience and other factors, including 
the expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. In the future, actual 
experience may differ from these estimates and assumptions. 

The judgments and estimates that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

Judgment in applying the Group’s accounting policies

Use of alternative performance measures

In establishing which items are disclosed separately as adjusting items to enable a better understanding of 
the underlying financial performance of the Group, management exercise judgment in assessing the size, 
nature of incidence of specific items. The Group uses alternative performance measures as we believe these 
measures provide additional useful information on the underlying trend, performance and position of the Group. 
These underlying measures are used by the Group for internal performance analyses, and credit facility covenants 
calculations. The alternative performance measures include ‘adjusted operating profit’, ‘adjusting items’, ‘adjusted 
operational EBITDA’ and ‘EBITDA’ (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation). The terms ‘adjusted operating 
profit’, ‘adjusting items’, ‘adjusted operational EBITDA’ and EBITDA are not defined terms under IFRS and may 
therefore not be comparable with similarly titled profit measures reported by other companies. The measures are 
not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP measures of profit. A full list of alternative performance 
measures and non-IFRS measures together with reconciliations are set out in Note 25.

Likelihood of occurrence of provisions and contingent liabilities

Events can occur where there is uncertainty over future obligations. Judgment is required to determine if an outflow 
of economic resources is probable, or possible but not probable. Where it is probable, a liability is recognised 
and further judgment is used to determine the level of the provision. Where it is possible but not probable, further 
judgment is used to determine if the likelihood is remote, in which case no disclosures are provided; if the likelihood 
is not remote then judgment is used to determine the contingent liability disclosed. The Group does not have 
provisions and contingent liabilities for the same matters. External advice is obtained for any material cases. 

Judgmental tax positions

The Group is subject to sales tax in a number of jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining the provision 
for sales taxes due to uncertainty of the amount of tax that may be payable. Provisions in relation to uncertain tax 
positions are established on an individual rather than portfolio basis, considering whether, in each circumstance, 
the Group considers it is probable that the uncertainty will crystallise. 

Impairment – assessment of CGUs and assessment of indicators of impairment 

Where possible, impairment is assessed at the level of individual assets. When, however, this is not possible, then 
the Cash Generating Unit (‘CGU’) level is used. A CGU is the smallest identifiable asset or group of assets that 
generates independent cash flows. Judgment is applied to identify the Group’s CGUs; however, they are typically 
comprised of the underlying entities (both trading subsidiaries and associates) which comprise the Group. This is 
on the basis that each of these entities represents a stand-alone operating business, none of which holds a cluster 
of assets which could constitute a CGU in their own right. Goodwill is always allocated to a CGU and never 
considered in isolation. External and internal factors are monitored for indicators of impairment. In terms of such 
indicators, management typically consider adverse changes in the economy or political situation of the geographic 
locale in which the underlying entity operates in addition to risk of client loss or gain and internal reporting being 
indicative that an entity’s future economic performance is better or worse than expected. Where management have 
concluded that such an indication of impairment exists then the recoverable amount of the asset is assessed (see 
significant estimates). 

106

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Estimate and assumptions

Measurement of consideration and assets and liabilities acquired as part of business combinations 

Estimates are required to value the assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations. Intangible assets such 
as brands are commonly a core part of an acquired business as they allow us to obtain more value than would 
otherwise be possible. 

In financial year 2020, the following business were acquired:

 A Decoded Advertising

 A Dare.Win

 A Circus Marketing

 A Metric Theory

 A Digodat

 A BrightBlue

 A Lens10

 A Orca Pacific

 A WhiteBalance

In the financial year 2019, the Group acquired Firewood Marketing, IMAgency, Caramel Pictures, BizTech, 
ProgMedia, Conversion Works and Datalicious.

We involved external professionals to advise on the valuation techniques and key assumptions in the valuation. 
This input, combined with our internal knowledge and expertise on the relevant market growth opportunities, 
enabled us to determine the appropriate brand valuation. Additionally, contingent consideration depends on an 
acquired business achieving targets within a fixed period. Estimates of future performance are required to calculate 
the obligations at the time of acquisition and at each subsequent reporting date. Contingent consideration, which 
may include revenue threshold milestones and is fair valued at the date of acquisition using decision-tree analysis 
with key inputs including revenue projections based on the Group’s internal forecasts. Unsettled amounts of 
consideration are held at fair value within payables with changes in fair value recognised immediately in the profit 
and loss statement. See Note 4 for further information.

Impairment 

Management’s approach for determining the recoverable amount of an individual asset or CGU is based on their 
value in use. Value in use calculations are compared with the carrying value of the CGU assets. The carrying value 
of the CGU’s also include the Right of Use Assets under IFRS 16. Generally, discounted cash flow models, based 
on budgets and a growth rate, are used to determine the recoverable amount of CGUs. The appropriate estimates 
and assumptions used require judgment and there is significant estimation uncertainty. The results of impairment 
reviews conducted at the end of the year are held in Note 11 for those relating to Goodwill. The variables used in 
the assessment of the recoverable amount include: 

 A budgets and estimated growth rate; and

 A discount rate used to calculate present value of future cash flows.

E.  Measurement of fair values
A number of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of fair values, for both 
financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group 
uses market observable data as far as possible. Fair values are categorised into different levels in a fair value 
hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques as follows:

 A Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 A Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 

directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

 A Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) as 

applicable for contingent consideration.

Further information about the assumptions made in measuring fair values is included in the applicable Notes.

107

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

F.  New and amended standards adopted by the Group
The Group has adopted the amendments to IFRS 3 “Business Combinations” which improve the definition of a 
business. A number of other new standards are also effective from 1 January 2020 but they do not have a material 
effect on the Group’s financial statements.

The Group applied Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3) to business combinations whose acquisition 
dates are on or after 1 January 2020 in assessing whether it had acquired a business or a group of assets. 
The details of accounting policies and details of the Group’s acquisition of businesses during the year are set out 
in Note 4.

G.  New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 
31 December 2020 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Group. 

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following amendments were in issue but not yet 
adopted by the Group:

 A IFRS 17 insurance contracts, effective for periods, not yet endorsed by the UK Endorsement Board (UKEB).

 A Classification of liabilities as current or non-current (Amendments to IAS 1), not yet endorsed by the UK 

Endorsement Board (UKEB).

 A Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture (Amendments to IFRS 10 

and IAS 28)

These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the Group in the current or future reporting periods 
and on foreseeable future transactions.

3.  Significant accounting policies
A.  Basis of consolidation
Business combinations

The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when control is transferred to the 
S4Capital Group. To be considered a business, an acquisition has to include an input and a substantive process 
that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. The consideration transferred in the acquisition 
is measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Any goodwill that arises is tested annually for 
impairment. Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognised in the profit or loss immediately. Transaction costs are 
expensed as incurred, except if related to the issue of debt or equity securities. The consideration transferred does 
not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts, to the extent that they 
exceed the settlement amounts, are generally recognised in the profit or loss.

Any deferred consideration payable is measured at fair value at the acquisition date. If an obligation to pay deferred 
consideration that meets the definition of a financial instrument is classified as equity, then it is not remeasured, 
and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, other deferred consideration is remeasured at fair value at 
each reporting date and subsequent changes in the fair value of the deferred consideration are recognised in profit 
or loss.

Any contingent consideration payable is measured at fair value at the acquisition date. If an obligation to pay 
contingent consideration that meets the definition of a financial instrument is classified as equity, then it is 
not remeasured, and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, other contingent consideration is 
remeasured at fair value at each reporting date and subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent 
consideration are recognised in profit or loss.

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. The Company controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has 
rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its 
power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements 
from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases. 

The Company recognises non-controlling interests in an acquired entity at the non-controlling interest’s 
proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets. Non-controlling interests within equity and within 
profit or loss for the year are presented separately.

108

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-Group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-Group 
transactions, are eliminated. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the 
extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

B.  Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Board of Directors. During the 
reporting period the Group was active in Content and Data & Digital Media. More detailed information is included in 
Note 6.

C.  Revenue recognition
S4Capital Group produces digital campaigns, films, creative content, platforms and ecommerce for home-grown 
and international brands and provides Data & Digital Media solutions for future thinking marketers and agencies. 
During the reporting period S4Capital Group included its first-party data activities into Data & Digital Media. 
S4Capital Group operates in the following operating segments: 

 A The Content Practice consists of short-term, one to six months, projects with fixed pricing and projects with 

longer lasting characteristics with prices that are mostly based on actual time spent. 

 A The Data & Digital Media Practice consists of full-service campaign management analytics, creative production 
and ad serving, platform and systems integration and transition and training and education. Revenue from this 
segment is generated primarily from marketing platform services, various consulting arrangements and pass-
through media. For contracts from customers where the Company is acting as an agent, pass-through expenses 
are deducted from revenue and cost of sales.

Determining the transaction price

Billings comprise all gross amounts billed, or billable to clients and is stated exclusive of VAT and sales taxes. 
Billings is a non-GAAP measure and is included as it influences the quantum of trade and other receivables due 
to be recognised at a point in time. The balancing figure between Billings and Revenue is represented by costs 
incurred on behalf of clients with whom we operate as an agent. Revenue is stated exclusive of VAT and sales 
taxes. Net revenue is exclusive of third-party costs recharged to our clients where we are acting as principal.

Measurement of revenue 
S4Capital Group determines all the separate performance obligations within the customers’ contract at contract 
inception. In general, S4Capital Group satisfies a performance obligation and recognises revenue over time, as the 
asset has no alternative use to the Group and the Group is entitled to payment for performance-to-date. The asset 
for each project is produced to a customer’s specification and the asset can only be used by the customer.

For each performance obligation that is satisfied over time, revenue is recognised by measuring progress towards 
completion of that performance obligation. Judgment is applied in contracts with customers that significantly affect 
the determination of the amount and timing of revenue from contracts with customers. Revenue recognised over 
time is based on the proportion of the level of services performed. For most contracts, costs incurred are used 
as an objective input measure of performance. The primary input of substantially all work performed under these 
contracts is labour.

If profit on the project can be determined reliably, revenue is recognised in proportion to the services provided at 
reporting date. Otherwise, revenue is recognised based on the cost incurred.

Where the total project costs exceed the project revenue, the loss is recognised in cost of sales in the statement of 
profit or loss. A provision is recognised for such loss.

For projects which are sold on a time and material basis and meet the criteria of recognising revenue over time, 
the revenue is recognised as the service is performed at the rate contracted on a time and material basis.

Accrued income and deferred income arising on contracts is included in trade and other receivables as accrued 
income (contract assets) and in trade and other payables as deferred income (contract liabilities), as appropriate. 
No element of financing is deemed present as the sales are made with a general credit term of 30 days; some large 
multinational customers have a credit terms of 45 days to 120 days.

Revenue is recognised when the revenue recognition criteria as disclosed above for each contract have been met.

109

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Practical exemptions
S4Capital Group has applied the practical exemptions in IFRS 15:

 A not to account for significant financing components where the time difference between receiving consideration 

and transferring control of goods (or services) to its customer is one year or less; and

 A expense the incremental costs of obtaining a contract when the amortisation period of the asset otherwise 

recognised would have been one year or less.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales represents the direct and indirect expenses that are attributable to the services or product sold.

D.  Foreign currency
The main currencies for S4Capital Group are the US dollar (USD), Euro (EUR) and Pound Sterling (£).

Foreign currency transactions and balances
 A Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the average exchange rates in 

the month. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the 
translation at the reporting period end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are recognised in the statement of profit or loss.

 A Share capital, share premium and brought forward earnings are translated using the exchange rates prevailing at 

the dates of the transactions.

Consolidation of foreign entities

On consolidation, results of the foreign entities are translated from the local currencies to Pound Sterling, the 
presentation currency of the S4Capital Group, using average exchange rates during the period. All assets and 
liabilities are translated from the local functional currency to Pound Sterling using the reporting year end exchange 
rates. The exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign entities are recognised 
in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate component of equity. Exchange differences are 
recycled to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment upon disposal of the foreign operation.

E.  Employee benefits
Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognised for the 
amount expected to be paid if S4Capital Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as 
a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

Share-based payment transactions

Share-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted is based on estimated fair value 
at grant date. S4Capital Group recognises these compensation costs, net of actual forfeitures, and recognises the 
compensation costs for only those shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period 
of the award. The calculated fair value of option grants is estimated using the appropriate option pricing model. 
A detailed description of the share plans is included in Note 22.

Defined contribution plans
S4Capital Group accounts for retirement benefit costs in accordance with IAS 19 Employee Benefits. For defined 
contribution plans, contributions are charged to the statement of profit or loss as payable in respect of the 
accounting period.

Income tax

F. 
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. It is recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it 
relates to a business combination, or items recognised directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

Current tax

Current tax comprises the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the financial year 
and any adjustment to tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. The amount of current tax payable or 
receivable is the best estimate of the tax amount expected to be paid or received that reflects uncertainty related 
to income taxes, if any. It is measured using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. 
Current tax assets and liabilities are offset only if certain criteria are met.

110

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes, except for temporary 
differences arising on:

 A the initial recognition of goodwill;

 A the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction which is not a business combination and that affects 

neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

 A investments in subsidiaries where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the difference and it is 

probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences 
to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. 
Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable 
that the related tax benefit will be realised; such reductions are reversed when the probability of future taxable 
profits improves. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and recognised to the 
extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used.

G.  Intangible assets
Recognition and measurement 

Goodwill
S4Capital Group uses the acquisition method of accounting for the acquisition of subsidiaries. The consideration 
transferred is measured at the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued, and liabilities incurred 
or assumed at the date of exchange. Costs directly attributable to the acquisition are expensed in the year. 
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are 
measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of the 
acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. Goodwill is 
measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Where the fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities exceed the fair value of consideration paid, the excess is credited in full to the profit or loss on 
the acquisition date.

Where an acquisition is made close to the year end, the standards permit provisional amounts to be used and 
subsequently remeasured up to 12 months from acquisition, as such goodwill is considered provisional as 
highlighted in Note 4.

Other intangible assets – arising on the acquisition of business combinations

Brands, customer relationships and order backlog arising on the acquisition of business combinations, 
are measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. The acquired 
brands are well-known brands which are registered, have a good track record and have finite useful lives. 
Customer relationships are measured at the time of the business combination and have finite useful lives. 
Order backlog has finite useful lives and represents the contracted but not yet fulfilled revenues at the time of the 
business combination. 

Other intangible assets – development expenditure and purchased software

Expenditure on research activities is recognised in profit or loss as incurred. Development expenditure is capitalised 
only if the expenditure can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, 
future economic benefits are probable and the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to complete 
development and to use or sell the asset. Otherwise, it is recognised in profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to 
initial recognition, development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated 
impairment losses.

Purchased software packages have finite useful lives and is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
accumulated impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditure

Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific 
asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, 
is recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

111

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Amortisation

Amortisation is charged to profit or loss to allocate the cost of intangible assets over their estimated useful 
economic lives, using the straight-line method. Goodwill is not amortised.

The estimated useful economic lives of intangible assets for current and comparative periods are as follows:

 A Brands  

3 – 20 years

 A Customer relationships   

10 – 16.5 years

 A Order backlog   

 A Others  

3 – 9 months

3 – 5 years

Amortisation methods and useful lives are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

H.  Leases
From 1 January 2019, each lease is recognised as a right-of-use asset with a corresponding liability at the date at 
which the lease asset is available for use by the Group. Interest expense is charged to the profit or loss over the 
lease period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on 
a straight-line basis. Depreciation is recognised in operating expenses costs and interest expense is recognised 
under finance expenses in the profit or loss.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. The lease payments are 
discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined, the lessee’s incremental 
borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow funds necessary to obtain an 
asset of similar value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost compromising the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability, 
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received, any initial 
direct costs, and restoration costs. The lease term includes periods covered by an option to extend if the Group is 
reasonably certain to exercise that option. Right-of-use assets are reviewed for indicators of impairment.

The Group has elected to use the exemption not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short term 
leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less and leases of low value assets. The payments associated with 
these leases are recognised as operating expenses over the lease term.

I.  Property, plant and equipment
Recognition and measurement

Property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated 
impairment losses. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to bringing the asset to the 
location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. 
Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognised in profit or loss.

Depreciation

Depreciation is charged to profit or loss to allocate the cost of items of property, plant and equipment less their 
estimated residual values over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line method. The estimated useful 
lives for current and comparative periods range as follows:

 A Right-of-use assets 

See H. leases

 A Leasehold improvements 

 A Furnitures and fixtures    

 A Hard- and software  

 A Other assets 

5 years

5 years

3 – 5 years

3 – 5 years

Depreciation method, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted 
if appropriate.

112

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment of non-financial assets

J. 
Impairment of goodwill

Goodwill is allocated to the appropriate cash generating units (CGUs). Goodwill is not amortised but is tested 
annually for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may 
not be recoverable. The recoverable amount is determined based on value in use calculations. The use of this 
method requires the estimation of future cash flows and the determination of a discount rate in order to calculate 
the present value of the cash flows.

Any impairment in carrying value is being charged to the consolidated statement of profit or loss. An impairment 
loss recognised for goodwill cannot be reversed.

Impairment of other non-financial assets

Other non-financial assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Any impairment in carrying value is being charged to the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss. Other non-financial assets that have been impaired are reviewed for possible reversal of 
the impairment loss at the end of each reporting period.

K.  Financial instruments
Financial instruments include non-current other receivables, trade and other receivables, cash and cash 
equivalents, loans and borrowings, other non-current liabilities, trade payables and other payables.

Financial assets and financial liabilities – recognition and derecognition
S4Capital Group initially recognises financial assets and financial liabilities issued on the date when they 
are originated. 
S4Capital Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, 
or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all the risks 
and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred, or it neither transfers nor retains substantially all 
of the risks and rewards of ownership and does not retain control over the transferred asset. Any interest in such 
derecognised financial assets that is created or retained by S4Capital Group is recognised as a separate asset 
or liability.
S4Capital Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled 
or expire.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset, and the net amount presented in the statement of financial 
position if, and only if, S4Capital Group has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle them on a 
net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Financial assets – measurement

Financial assets at amortised cost

These assets are initially recognised at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to 
initial recognition, they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less loss allowances.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less loss allowance. See Notes 5 and 16 for further information about the Group’s 
accounting for trade receivables and for a description of the Group’s impairment policies.

Financial liabilities – measurement

Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to 
initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Trade payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial 
year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 to 120 days of recognition. 
Trade payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting 
period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method.

113

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Impairment of financial assets

L. 
Loss allowances for financial assets are based on assumptions about risk of default and expected loss rates. 
The Group uses judgment in making these assumptions and selecting the inputs to the impairment calculation, 
based on the Group’s past history, existing market conditions as well as forward looking estimates at the end of 
each reporting period. Financial assets are measured through a loss allowance at an amount equal to:

 A the 12-month expected credit losses (expected credit losses that result from those default events on the 

financial instrument that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date); or

 A full lifetime expected credit losses (expected credit losses that result from all possible default events over the life 

of the financial instrument).

A loss allowance for full lifetime expected credit losses is used for a financial instrument if the credit risk of that 
financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition, as well as to trade receivables.

For all other financial instruments, expected credit losses are measured at an amount equal to the 12-month 
expected credit losses.

The loss allowance for financial instruments is measured at an amount equal to lifetime expected losses if the 
credit risk of a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition, unless the credit risk of the 
financial instrument is low at the reporting date in which case it can be assumed that credit risk on the financial 
instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition. The credit risk is considered low if there is a low 
risk of default, the borrower has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term 
and adverse changes in economic and business conditions in the longer term may, but will not necessarily, reduce 
the ability of the borrower to fulfil its contractual cash flow obligations. It is presumed the credit risk has increased 
significantly when contractual payments are more than 30 days past due. If a significant increase in credit risk that 
had taken place since initial recognition and has reversed by a subsequent reporting period (cumulatively credit 
risk is not significantly higher than at initial recognition) then the expected credit losses on the financial instrument 
revert to being measured based on an amount equal to the 12-month expected credit losses.

The Group applies the simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss 
allowance for all trade receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped 
based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due.

M.  Equity
Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity only to the extent that they do not meet 
the definition of a financial liability. The Group’s Ordinary Share capital is classified as equity instruments. 
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, 
from the proceeds.

N.  Cash flow statement
The cash flow statement is prepared using the indirect method. The cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow 
statement comprise cash and cash equivalents except for deposits with a maturity of longer than three months 
and minus current bank loans drawn under overdraft facilities. Cash flows denominated in foreign currencies are 
converted based on average exchange rates. Exchange rate differences affecting cash items are shown separately 
in the cash flow statement.

Income taxes paid and received are included in cash flows from operating activities. Dividends received are 
included in cash flows from investing activities, and interest paid and dividends paid are included in cash flows 
from financing activities. Purchase consideration paid for acquired subsidiaries are included in cash flows from 
investing activities, insofar as the acquisition is settled in cash. Principal elements of lease payments are included 
in cash flows from financing activities. Cash and cash equivalents of the acquired subsidiaries is deducted from 
the purchase consideration. Transactions not resulting in inflow or outflow of cash are not included in the cash 
flow statement.

114

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 20204.  Acquisitions
Details of the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, purchase consideration and provisional 
goodwill of the subsidiaries acquired in financial year 2020 are as follows:

Decoded 
Advertising
£000

Circus 
Network 
Group
£000

Other 
Content 
practice
£000

Metric 
Theory 
£000

BrightBlue
£000

Orca  
Pacific
£000

Other Data 
& Digital 
Media 
practice
£000

Total
Fair value
£000

14,310

7,526

4,807

7,290

5,446

39,379

Intangible assets – 
Customer relationships
Intangible assets –  
Brand names
Intangible assets –  
Order backlog

444

219

1,580

72

Intangible assets – Software 
Property, plant and 
equipment

Financial fixed assets

1,101

56

Cash and cash equivalents

8,215

Trade and other receivables

23,083

242

68

2,078

6,107

767

41

1,966

1,563

210

87

496

3,407

Trade and other payables

(25,786)

(7,597)

(1,219)

(2,160)

Current taxation

Lease liabilities

(995)

2,195

(633)

(674)

Other non-current liabilities

(385)

(1,552)

1,306

959

7

4,298

622

156

(523)

396

1,310

86

15

1,462

2,200

1,059

3,065

2,269

2,453

267

19,814

38,160

107

40

1,299

1,178

(2,085)

(1,335)

(40,026)

(118)

(344)

(418)

(674)

(1,937)

Deferred taxation

Net assets

Goodwill
Total purchase 
consideration

Payment in kind (common 
stock)

Cash

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration
Total purchase 
consideration
Purchase consideration – 
cash 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash outflow on 
acquisition (net of 
cash acquired)

(4,118)

(2,501)

(1,274)

(2,429)

(1,342)

(11,664)

5,289

15,309

7,127

488

10,358

8,127

5,049

51,747

88,453

27,201

11,253

72,177

10,968

12,640

5,684

228,376

93,742

42,510

18,380

72,665

21,326

20,767

10,733

280,123

19,393

44,454

23,117

28,903

20,385

4,900

5,792

317

7,371

36,632

30,816

5,217

5,000

8,394

150

2,316

6,090

5,430

73,671

4,779

123,442

7,782

12,361

524

35,111

47,899

93,742

42,510

18,380

72,665

21,326

20,767

10,733

280,123

44,454

23,117

8,215

2,078

5,792

1,966

30,816

496

8,394

4,298

6,090

1,462

4,779

123,442

1,299

19,814

36,239

21,039

3,826

30,320

4,096

4,628

3,480

103,628

In each case, 100% of the businesses were acquired unless stated otherwise. In 2020, S4Capital Group combined 
with the following businesses:

115

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Decoded Advertising
On 4 January 2021, S4Capital plc announced (completed and control passed on 31 December 2020) 
the combination of MediaMonks with Decoded Advertising, a San Francisco-based marketing agency. 
Decoded Advertising buys media across search, social and ecommerce properties. Since the acquisition date, the 
purchase price allocation is preliminary. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at estimated fair 
values based on management’s estimates, available information, and supportable assumptions that management 
considered reasonable. The Company is in the process of finalising all purchase accounting adjustments related 
to Decoded Advertising. During the measurement period in 2021, S4Capital Group will obtain the information 
necessary to identify and measure the identifiable intangible assets and retrospectively adjust the provisional 
amounts of goodwill recognised at the acquisition date.

Circus Network
On 8 January 2020, S4Capital plc announced (completed and control passed on 12 March 2020) the combination 
of MediaMonks with the fully integrated digital agency Circus Network. Since the acquisition date, Circus Network 
contributed £26.2 million to the Group’s revenue and £4.5 million into the Group’s profit for the year ended 
31 December 2020. 

Metric Theory
On 4 January 2021, S4Capital plc announced (completed and control passed on 31 December 2020) the 
combination of MightyHive with Metric Theory, an US-based agency fully integrated agency covering creative, 
media and technology. The purchase price allocation is preliminary. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were 
recorded at estimated fair values based on management’s estimates, available information, and supportable 
assumptions that management considered reasonable. The Company is in the process of finalising all purchase 
accounting adjustments related to Metic Theory. During the measurement period in 2021, S4Capital Group will 
obtain the information necessary to identify and measure the identifiable intangible assets and retrospectively 
adjust the provisional amounts of goodwill recognised at the acquisition date.

BrightBlue
On 27 August 2020, S4Capital plc announced (completed and control passed on 27 August 2020) the combination 
of MightyHive with Brightblue Consulting, an award-winning UK based data analytics and measurement 
consultancy. Since the acquisition date, BrightBlue contributed £1.1 million to the Group’s revenue and £0.6 million 
into the Group’s profit for the year ended 31 December 2020. Once the opening balance sheet is agreed upon 
the purchase price allocation can be concluded and therefore the calculated goodwill is provisional. During the 
measurement period in 2021, S4Capital Group will obtain the information necessary to identify and measure the 
identifiable intangible assets and retrospectively adjust the provisional amounts recognised at the acquisition date.

Orca Pacific
On 29 July 2020, S4Capital plc announced (completed and control passed on 31 October 2020) the combination 
of MightyHive with Orca Pacific, a market leading full-service Amazon agency and boutique consultancy firm based 
in Seattle. Since the acquisition date, Orca Pacific contributed £4.6 million to the Group’s revenue and £1.4 million 
into the Group’s profit for the year ended 31 December 2020. Once the opening balance sheet is agreed upon 
the purchase price allocation can be concluded and therefore the calculated goodwill is provisional. During the 
measurement period in 2021, S4Capital Group will obtain the information necessary to identify and measure the 
identifiable intangible assets and retrospectively adjust the provisional amounts recognised at the acquisition date.

116

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Other Content Practice
Other combinations in 2020 of the Group’s Content Practice are:
 A On 10 September 2020, S4Capital plc announced (completed and control passed on 25 September 2020) 
that MediaMonks has entered into exclusivity in relation to a combination with Dare.Win, an award-winning 
Paris based digital creative agency. The combination expands MediaMonks’ geographical presence to France, 
Europe’s third largest advertising market. At the end of the reporting year, the opening balance sheet has not 
been agreed upon and therefore the calculated goodwill is provisional.

 A In November 2019, S4Capital plc announced (completed and control passed on 27 August 2020) the 

combination through an asset deal of MediaMonks with WhiteBalance, Indian-based digital creative and 
production agency. 

Other Data & Digital Media Practice
During the reporting period management changed the name of Programmatic to Data & Digital Media. The activities 
of the segment remain the same. During the year, S4Capital Group has not been active in the first-party 
data practice.

Combinations in 2020 of the Group’s Data & Digital Media Practice are:
 A On 26 May 2020, S4Capital plc announced (completed and control passed on 10 July 2020) the combination of 

MightyHive with Digodat, a leading Latin American data and analytics consultancy.

 A On 30 June 2020, S4Capital plc announced (completed and control passed on 30 September 2020) the 

combination of MightyHive with Lens10, a leading Australian digital strategy and analytics consultancy, pending 
Foreign Investment Review Board and Australian Competition and Consumer Commission.

The goodwill represents the potential growth opportunities and synergy effects from the acquisition. The goodwill is 
not deductible for tax purposes. Trade receivables, net of expected credit losses, acquired are considered to be fair 
value and are expected to be collectable in full. 

Contingent consideration arising from business combinations is fair valued, with key inputs including the 
probability of success, consideration of potential delays and the expected levels of future revenues. The contingent 
consideration is contingent on the acquired companies achieving their 2020 results and, in some cases their 2021 
and 2022 results, as determined upon acquiring the subsidiary. The contingent consideration is included for the 
maximum amount of the consideration expected. Contingent consideration classified as a liability is subject to 
remeasurement at each reporting date until its ultimate settlement date. Any change in the fair value of the liability 
due to events that occur after the acquisition date would be recognized in earnings.

The total acquisition costs of £10.8 million (2019: £4.7 million) have been recognised under acquisition and set-up 
related expenses in the statement of profit or loss.

Since the acquisition date, the acquired companies contributed £39.8 million (Decoded Advertising nil, Circus 
Network Group £26.2 million, other Content Practice £4.6 million, Metric Theory nil, BrightBlue £1.1 million and 
other Data & Digital Media Practice £6.6 million) to the Group’s revenue and £7.5 million (Decoded Advertising nil, 
Circus Network Group £4.5 million, other Content Practice £0.4 million, Metric Theory nil, BrightBlue £0.6 million 
and other Data & Digital Media practice £2.0 million) into the Group’s profit for the year ended 31 December 2020. 

If the acquisitions had occurred on 1 January 2020, the Group’s revenue would have been £421.1 million and the 
Group’s loss for the year would have been £1.2 million. 

Firewood
Contingent consideration arising from business combinations is fair valued, with key inputs including the probability 
of success, consideration of potential delays and the expected levels of future revenues. In 2020, Management 
have identified changes in certain key assumptions with respect to the acquisition of Firewood Marketing Inc that 
caused the calculated fair value to vary compared to the initial calculated fair value. Revaluations of contingent 
consideration are recognised in selling, general and administrative costs and include a decrease of £8.8 million in 
2020 (2019: nil) based on revised milestone probabilities, and revenue forecasts, relating mainly to the acquisition 
of Firewood Marketing. 

117

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

5.  Financial instruments – fair values and risk assessment
The Board of Directors of S4Capital plc has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk 
management objectives and policies. The overall objective of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk 
as far as possible without unduly affecting the Group’s competitiveness and flexibility. S4Capital Group reports 
in Pound Sterling. All funding requirements and financial risks are managed based on policies and procedures 
adopted by the board. S4Capital Group does not issue or use financial instruments of a speculative nature.
S4Capital Group is exposed to the following financial risks:

 A Market risk 

 A Credit risk

 A Liquidity risk
In common with all other businesses, S4Capital Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial 
instruments. The principal financial instruments used by the Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, are 
as follows:

 A Trade and other receivables

 A Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

 A Trade and other payables

 A Bank loans

To the extent financial instruments are not carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet, the carrying 
amount approximates to fair value as of the financial year end due to the short-term nature.

Financial instruments by category

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables 

Other receivables

Total

Financial liabilities

Trade payables

Contingent consideration and holdbacks

Loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities 

Total

31 Dec 2020 
£000

31 Dec 2019 
£000

142,052

159,598

4,304

66,106

119,632

3,589

305,954

189,327

31 Dec 2020 
£000

31 Dec 2019 
£000

127,344

68,335

91,285

22,989

88,986

54,871

42,374

26,762

309,953

212,993

The management of risk is a fundamental concern of S4Capital Group’s management. This note summarises the 
key risks to the Group and the policies and procedures put in place by management to manage them.

A.  Market risk
Market risk arises from S4Capital Group’s use of interest bearing and foreign currency financial instruments. It is 
the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in interest 
rates (interest rate risk) or foreign exchange rates (currency risk).

Interest rate risk
S4Capital Group is exposed to cash flow interest rate risk from bank borrowings at variable rates. 
S4Capital Group’s bank loans and other borrowings are disclosed in Note 18. S4Capital Group manages the 
interest rate risk centrally.

118

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a 1% change (lower/higher) to the interest rates of the loans and 
borrowings as of year end to the loss in the current year before tax (increase/decrease) and net assets (increase/ 
decrease) for the year:

Bank loans

+/- 1% impact

2020 
£000

2019 
£000

90,441

42,374

904

423

The contractual repricing or maturity dates, whichever dates are earlier, and effective interest rates of borrowings 
are disclosed in Note 18 Loans and Borrowings.

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk is the risk that movements in exchange rates affect the profitability of the business. 
S4Capital Group manages this risk through natural hedging. The effect of fluctuations in exchange rates on the 
USD, EUR and other currencies denominated trade receivables and payables is partially offset.
The S4Capital Group’s gross exposure to foreign exchange risk is as follows:

At 31 December 2020

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Loans and borrowings

Financial assets/(liabilities)

+/- 10% impact

At 31 December 2019

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Loans and borrowings

Financial assets/(liabilities)

+/- 10% impact

GBP
£000

USD
£000

5,508

117,495

18,939

(5,416)

–

19,031

–

GBP
£000

8,545

24,401

(9,842)

–

23,104

–

90,847

(86,524)

(59,806)

62,012

6,201

USD
£000

84,784

28,008

(65,197)

(21,944)

25,651

2,565

EUR
£000

15,911

16,513

(15,551)

(31,466)

(14,593)

(1,459)

EUR
£000

12,590

4,590

(15,054)

(20,430)

(18,304)

(1,830)

Other 
currencies
£000

20,684

15,753

Total
£000

159,598

142,052

(19,853)

(127,344)

(13)

(91,285)

16,571

1,657

Other 
currencies
£000

83,021

6,399

Total
£000

23,165

129,084

9,107

66,106

(29,968)

(120,061)

–

(42,374)

2,304

230

32,755

965

The impact of 10% movement in the foreign exchange rates will result in an increase/decrease of loss before tax 
and financial assets/(liabilities) by £6.4 million at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: £0.9 million).

B.  Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to S4Capital Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails 
to meet its contractual obligations. S4Capital Group is mainly exposed to credit risk from credit sales. The Group’s 
net trade receivables for the reported periods are disclosed in the financial assets table above. S4Capital Group 
attempts to mitigate credit risk by assessing the credit rating of new customers prior to entering into contracts 
and by entering contracts with customers with agreed credit terms. In order to minimise this credit risk, S4Capital 
Group endeavours only to deal with companies which are demonstrably creditworthy and this, together with 
the aggregate financial exposure, is continuously monitored. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the value 
of the outstanding amount. S4Capital Group evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable and provides 
an allowance for expected credit losses based upon the ageing of receivables as shown in Note 16 Trade and 
other receivables.

Other receivables are considered to be low risk. Management do not consider that there is any concentration of risk 
within other receivables. The non-current other receivables consist mainly of non-current rent deposits. The loss 
allowance for other receivables is based on the three-stage expected credit loss model. No other receivables have 
had material impairment.

119

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is considered to be small as the counterparties are all substantial banks 
with high credit ratings. As per the end of the reporting period, credit ratings are summarised in the table below:

Aa 1

Aa 2

Aa 3

A 1

A 2

A 3

Baa 2

Baa 3

Ba 2

B 2

No credit rating

Total cash and cash equivalents

31 Dec 2020 
£000

31 Dec 2019 
£000

188

58,584

50,536

8,511

4,359

7,816

7,012

96

–

154

4,796

142,052

6,921

15,580

29,775

5,801

1,617

5,187

–

–

180

–

1,045

66,106

The maximum exposure is the amount of the deposit. To date, S4Capital Group has not experienced any losses on 
its cash and cash equivalent deposits.

C.  Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital. It is the risk that S4Capital Group will 
encounter difficulty in meeting its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s policy is to ensure that it will 
always have sufficient cash to allow it to meet its liabilities when they become due. The table below analyses the 
Group’s financial liabilities by contractual maturities and all amounts disclosed in the table are the undiscounted 
contractual cash flows:

Within 1 year
£000

1–2 years
£000

2–5 years
£000

127,344

7,047

35,742

45,623

1,260

–

3,833

32,370

1,260

–

7,194

223

45,662

630

More than  
5 years
£000

–

4,914

–

–

217,016

37,463

53,709

4,914

Within 1 year
£000

1–2 years
£000

2–5 years
£000

More than  
5 years
£000

103,433

7,975

51,202

–

596

163,206

2,007

5,171

3,669

–

–

7,374

6,242

–

–

43,215

1,193

12,040

298

50,887

–

–

–

6,242

At 31 December 2020

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Contingent consideration

Loans and borrowings

Interest payments

Total

At 31 December 2019

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Contingent consideration

Loans and borrowings

Interest payments

Total

120

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020D.  Capital management
As per the end of the reporting period, the Group’s net cash position is made up as follows:

Loans and borrowings

Cash and cash equivalents

Total

31 Dec 2020 
£000

31 Dec 2019 
£000

(91,285)

(42,374)

142,052

50,767

66,106

23,732

Changes in loans and borrowings, during the reporting period, arose due to the drawdowns and repayments of the 
rolling credit facility (‘RCF’). See Note 18 Loans and Borrowings for more details.

The Group’s capital as at the end of the reporting period is disclosed on page 102.

The Group’s objectives when maintaining capital are:

 A to safeguard the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide returns for 

shareowners and benefits for other stakeholders; and

 A to provide an adequate return to shareowners by pricing products and services commensurately with the level 

of risk.

The risks to safeguard the ability to continue as a going concern and to provide an adequate return to our 
shareowners are reviewed and discussed regularly by the Board in order to meet our objectives. 
The capital structure of S4Capital Group consists of shareowners’ equity as set out in the consolidated statement 
of changes in equity. All working capital requirements are financed from existing cash resources and borrowings.

6.  Segment information
A.  Revenue from operations

Services

Total

2020 
£000

2019 
£000

342,687

342,687

215,132

215,132

All revenue is recognised over time.
S4Capital Group has an attractive and expanding client base with five clients providing more than £10 million of 
revenue per annum representing 36% of revenue, of which one client is over 10% of revenue. In 2019 this were two 
clients representing 16% of revenue.

B.  Operating segments
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief 
operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Directors and executive 
management of S4Capital Group. 
During the year, S4Capital Group has been active in two segments. 

 A Content Practice: Creative content, campaigns and assets at a global scale for paid, social and earned media – 
from digital platforms and apps to brand activations that aim to convert consumers at every possible touchpoint.

 A Data & Digital Media Practice: this technology and services practice encompasses full-service campaign 

management analytics, creative production and ad serving, platform and systems integration and transition and 
training and education.

The customers are primarily businesses across technology, FMCG and media & entertainment. Any intersegment 
transactions are based on commercial terms.

The Directors and executive management monitor the results of the operating segments separately for the purpose 
of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment prior to charges for tax, depreciation 
and amortisation.

121

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Operating segment information under the primary reporting format is disclosed below:

2020

Gross profit

Segment profit1

Overhead cost

Adjusted non-recurring and acquisition related expenses

Depreciation2 and amortisation

Net finance expenses

Profit before income tax

Notes:

1.   Including £9.6 million depreciation on right-of-use assets. 

2.   Excluding £9.6 million depreciation on right-of-use assets.

2019

Gross profit

Segment profit1

Overhead cost

Adjusted non-recurring and acquisition related expenses

Depreciation2 and amortisation

Net finance expenses

Loss before income tax

Notes:

1.   Including £7.7 million depreciation on right-of-use assets.

Content 
Practice
£000

Data & Digital 
Media
£000

220,497

46,687

74,685

21,603

Content
£000

113,365

25,570

Data & Digital 
Media
£000

57,953

13,654

Total
£000

295,182

68,290

(6,112)

(26,669)

(27,376)

(5,037)

3,096

Total
£000

171,318

39,224

(5,817)

(19,983)

(17,259)

(5,360)

(9,195)

2.   Excluding £7.7 million depreciation on right-of-use assets.
Key management of S4Capital Group use gross profit rather than revenue to manage the Company due to the 
fluctuating amounts of third-party costs and/or pass-through expenses, which form part of revenue. The net 
revenue amounted to £342.7 million, 78% from Content and 22% from Data & Digital Media. In 2019 the net 
revenue amounted to £215.1 million, 73% from Content and 27% from Data & Digital Media. 

No analysis of the assets and liabilities of each operating segment is provided to the chief operating decision maker 
(CODM) in the monthly management accounts; therefore, no measure of segmental assets or liabilities is disclosed 
in this note. 

C.  Geographic segment – secondary basis
The geographic segments comprise individual country entities, the financial information of which is provided to the 
CODM and is aggregated into specific geographic regions, with each geographic region considered a reportable 
segment. Each country included in that region has similar economic and operating characteristics and those 
products and services provided by entities in a geographic region are all related to marketing communication 
services and which generally offer complementary products and services to their customers. An analysis of external 
revenue by geographical market is given below:

The Americas

Europe & Middle East

Asia Pacific

Total

122

2020 
£000

2019 
£000

243,458

138,022

70,611

28,618

59,530

17,580

342,687

215,132

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 20207.   Operating expenses

Personnel expenses

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Defined contribution pension costs

Share based compensation

Other personnel costs

Total

2020 
£000

150,485

19,015

4,322

12,331

18,982

2019 
£000

78,649

12,566

2,297

7,177

10,883

205,135

111,572

The key management personnel comprise the Directors of the Group. Details of compensation for key management 
personnel are disclosed on pages 70 to 86.

Average number of employees

The Americas

Europe, Middle East & Africa

Asia Pacific

Total

Comparative average numbers have been aligned to current year’s presentation.

Other operating expenses

Operating lease costs

Sales and marketing costs

Travel and accommodation costs

General and administrative costs

Total

2020 

1,537

871

269

2019 

675

667

115

2,677

1,457

2020 
£000

1,500

2,577

2,099

24,385

30,561

2019 
£000

2,858

3,281

6,540

13,124

25,803

Impairment losses on trade receivables during the reporting period, amounting to £2.4 million (2019: £0.6 million) 
are included in general and administrative costs. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are 
credited against the same line item. Operating lease costs mainly relate to short term lease costs for land and 
buildings subject to a practical expedient under IFRS 16.

Audit fees included in general and administrative costs are as follows:

Audit fees

Group audit fees 

Subsidiaries audit fees 

Audit related assurance services 

Total

Audit related assurance services relates to the fee charge for the half-year review.

Acquisition and set-up related expenses

Advisory, legal, due diligence and related costs

Acquisition related bonuses

Contingent consideration 

Total

Depreciation and amortisation

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Total

2020 
£000

358

611

87

1,056

2020 
£000

13,617

2,151

(1,430)

14,338

2020 
£000

13,867

23,148

37,015

2019 
£000

444

550

–

994

2019 
£000

5,653

7,153

–

12,806

2019 
£000

9,972

15,000

24,972

123

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

8.  Finance income and expenses

Finance income

Interest income

Total

Finance expenses

Interest on lease liabilities

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts

Other financial income and expenses

Total

9.  Income tax expense
The corporate income tax charge comprises the following:

Current tax for the year

Adjustments for current tax of prior years

Total current tax

Movement in deferred tax

Income tax expense in profit or loss

Income (Loss) before income taxes

Tax at the UK rate of 19% (2019:19%)

Tax effect of amounts which are non-deductible (taxable)

Differences in overseas tax rates

Adjustment for current taxes of prior years

Income tax expense in profit or loss

2020 
£000

698

698

2020 
£000

(972)

(1,310)

(3,453)

(5,735)

2019 
£000

20

20

2019 
£000

(763)

(2,199)

(2,418)

(5,380)

2020 
£000

2019 
£000

(12,970)

(4,022)

(203)

(13,173)

6,148

(7,025)

2020 
£000

3,096

(589)

(4,245)

(1,988)

(203)

(7,025)

(36)

(4,058)

3,213

(845)

2019 
£000

(9,195)

1,747

(2,074)

(554)

36

(845)

The applicable tax rate is based on the proportion of the contribution to the result by the Group entities and the tax 
rate applicable in the respective countries. The applicable tax rate in the respective countries ranges from 17% to 
35%. The effective tax rate used to calculate the actual tax charge for the year deviates from the applicable tax rate 
mainly because of non-deductible items, amortisation, accelerated capital allowances over depreciation on plant, 
property and equipment and differences in overseas tax rates.

10. Earnings per share

Loss attributable to shareowners of the Company (£000)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

Basic loss per share (pence)

Diluted loss per share (pence)

2020 

2019 

(3,929)

(10,040)

493,290,974  368,067,622

(0.8)

(0.8)

(2.7)

(2.7)

Earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net result attributable to the shareowners of the S4Capital Group by 
the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue during the year.

124

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 202011.  Intangible assets

Goodwill 
£000

Customer 
relationships
£000

Net book value at 1 January 2019

238,237 

148,085

Acquired through business combinations

106,610

66,231

Additions

Amortisation charge for the year

Foreign exchange differences

Total transactions during the year

– 

–

(16,011)

90,599

–

(12,017)

(10,191)

44,023

Brands
£000

13,697

2,082

–

Order 
backlog
£000

180

1,098

–

(1,117)

(1,212)

(681)

284

(66)

(180)

5,464

(5,464)

Other
£000

1,937

2,590

1,578

(654)

(247)

3,267

6,364

Total
£000

402,136

178,611

1,578

(15,000)

(27,196)

137,993

562,646

(1,160)

(22,517)

Cost

328,836 

206,706

15,276

Accumulated amortisation

–

(14,598)

(1,295)

Net book value at 31 December 2019

328,836

192,108

13,981

–

5,204

540,129

Acquired through business combinations

228,376

39,379

1,059

3,065

2,269

274,148

Addition

Reclassifications

–

–

(2,793)

2,298

–

211

–

–

34

–

34

(284)

Amortisation charge for the year

–

(17,747)

(1,866)

(1,919)

(1,616)

(23,148)

Foreign exchange differences 

Total transactions during the year

Cost

5,503

231,086

559,922

2,303

26,233

294

(302)

250,583

16,799

Accumulated amortisation

–

(32,243)

(3,121)

Net book value at 31 December 2020

559,922

218,340

13,678

56

1,202

8,805

(7,604)

1,201

94

781

8,250

259,000

8,745

844,854

(2,757)

(45,725)

5,988

799,129

Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of consideration over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable 
assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition.

Goodwill – initial accounting
The initial accounting for the business combination of Decoded Advertising and Metric Theory are incomplete by 
the end of the reporting period. As of 31 December 2020, the identifiable intangibles acquired are not yet identified 
and consequently not yet measured and are therefore not deducted from goodwill. During the measurement 
period in 2021, S4Capital Group shall obtain the information necessary to identify and measure the identifiable 
intangible assets and retrospectively adjust the provisional amounts recognised at the acquisition date (see Note 
4 Acquisitions). 

Goodwill – impairment testing
Goodwill acquired through business combinations is allocated to CGUs for impairment testing. The goodwill 
balance is allocated to the following CGUs:

Content Practice

Data & Digital Media Practice

Total

31 Dec 2020
£000

31 Dec 2019
 £000

348,038

211,884

559,922

250,461

78,375

328,836

The recoverable amount for each CGU is determined using a value-in-use calculation. This calculation uses 
forecasted operating profit adjusted for non-cash transactions to generate cash flow projections. The forecasts are 
prepared by management based on business plans for each CGU which reflect expectations, cash performance 
and historic trends. 

125

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

An underlying revenue growth rate of 22% to 44% per annum in years one to three has accordingly been used for 
those years. Beyond the explicit three year forecast period a two year transition period, bridging the revenue growth 
to the assessed long-term growth rate has been used. After year five a long-term growth rate has been applied in 
perpetuity. A terminal value has been applied using an underlying long-term growth rate of 2.0%. The cash flows 
are discounted to present value using the Group’s post tax weighted average cost of capital (‘WACC’), which was 
10.1% to 10.3% for 2020. The discounting rates applied corresponds with a pre-tax WACC of 8.1% to 8.3%. 
The value-in-use exceeds the carrying amount of the CGUs by two to three times. 

Sensitivity analysis have been carried out by adjusting the WACC and adjusting the long-term growth rate. 
Based on the Group’s impairment review, no indication of impairment has been identified. In carrying out its 
assessment of the goodwill, management believe that there are no CGUs where reasonably possible changes to 
the underlying assumptions exist that would give rise to impairment. 

During the year an amount of £228.4 million has been added to goodwill for newly acquired businesses, refer 
to Note 4 for further details. No events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the 
acquisitions in 2020 may not be recoverable. 

12. Property, plant and equipment

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book value at 1 January 2019

Acquired through business combinations

Additions

Depreciation

Disposals

Foreign exchange differences

Total transactions during the year

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book value at 31 December 2019

Acquired through business combinations

Additions

Depreciations

Disposals

Foreign exchange differences depreciation

Total transactions during the year

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book value at 31 December 2020

Leasehold 
improvements
£000

Furniture  
and fixtures
£000

Hard-and 
software
£000

Other 
assets
£000

1,732

(164)

1,568

118

4,982

(815)

(55)

(100)

4,130

8,786

(3,088)

5,698

538

2,629

(1,470)

(250)

218

1,665

9,507

(2,144)

7,363

704

(89)

615

221

641

(245)

(48)

(38)

531

1,918

(772)

1,146

467

530

(576)

(189)

3

235

2,530

(1,149)

1,381

2,133

(364)

1,769

132

2,204

(1,186)

(34)

(113)

1,003

6,654

(3,882)

2,772

740

4,206

(2,156)

–

178

2,968

12,814

(7,074)

5,740

Total
£000

4,659

(652)

4,007

514

7,865

(2,260)

(140)

(256)

5,723

17,669

(7,939)

9,730

1,750

7,396

(4,228)

(502)

391

4,807

25,062

90

(35)

55

43

38

(14)

(3)

(5)

59

311

(197)

114

5

31

(26)

(63)

(8)

(61)

211

(158)

(10,525)

53

14,537

S4Capital Group has pledged the assets of its material companies as security for a facility agreement. See Note 18 
for further information.

126

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 202013. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets

At 1 January 2019

Charge for the year

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2019

(Credit) charge for the year

Acquired through business combinations

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Deferred tax liabilities

At 1 January 2019

Acquired through business combinations

Credited to profit or loss

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2019

Acquired through business combinations

Investments

Profit or loss

Foreign exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Property, 
plant and 
equipment 
£000

Carry  
forward  
losses 
£000

Total 
£000

188

947

(49)

1,086

317

587

78

13

796

(43)

766

637

587

78

175

151

(6)

320

(320)

–

–

–

2,068

2,068

Intangible 
assets 
£000

Loans and 
borrowings
£000

Property, 
plant and 
equipment
£000

41,505

18,882

(4,108)

(1,678)

54,601

11,664

–

(5,759)

1,063

61,569

219

–

(52)

–

167

–

–

(11)

55

211

66

–

–

–

66

–

126

(61)

189

320

Total
£000

41,790

18,882

(4,160)

(1,678)

54,834

11,664

126

(5,831)

1,307

62,100

Recognition of the deferred tax assets is based upon the expected generation of future taxable profits. 
Our expectation is based on long-term planning. The deferred tax asset is expected to be recovered in more than 
one year’s time and the deferred tax liability will reverse in more than one year’s time as the intangible assets are 
amortised. The Company expects to settle £5.5 million within 12 months of the reporting period.

127

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

14. Interest in other entities
Subsidiaries
The Group’s subsidiaries at the end of the reporting period are set out below. Unless otherwise stated, they 
have share capital consisting solely of Ordinary Shares that are held directly by the Group, and the proportion of 
ownership interests held equals the voting rights held by the Group. S4Capital 2Ltd has Ordinary Shares, 4000 A2 
incentive shares, 2000 options over A1 incentive shares as disclosed in note 21. S4Capital plc directly holds 100% 
ownership in S4Capital 2 Ltd. S4Capital plc indirectly holds 100% ownership in the other entities.

Name of entity
S4Capital 2 Ltd.

Address of the registered office

3rd Floor, 44 Esplanade  
St Helier, Jersey

Place of business/ 
Country of 
incorporation

Ownership 
interest

Principal activity

Jersey

100

Holding Company

S4Capital Acquisitions 1 Ltd. 3rd Floor, 44 Esplanade  

Jersey

100

Financing Company

St Helier, Jersey

S4Capital Acquisitions 2 Ltd. 3rd Floor, 44 Esplanade  

Jersey

100

Holding Company

St Helier, Jersey

S4Capital Acquisitions 3 BV Oude Amersfoortseweg 
125, 1212 AA Hilversum

S4Capital Holdings Ltd.

S4Capital AUD Finance Ltd.

S4Capital INR Finance Ltd.

3rd Floor, 44 Esplanade 
St Helier, Jersey 

3rd Floor, 44 Esplanade  
St Helier, Jersey

3rd Floor, 44 Esplanade  
St Helier, Jersey

The Netherlands

100

Holding Company

Jersey

100

Holding Company

Jersey

100

Holding Company

Jersey

100

Holding Company

S4Capital US Holdings LLC 850 New Burton Road Dover 

Delaware 19904

MediaMonks Multimedia 
Holding BV

Oude Amersfoortseweg 125, 
1212 AA Hilversum

United States 
of America

100

Holding Company

The Netherlands

100

Holding Company

MediaMonks BV

MediaMonks Inc.

Oude Amersfoortseweg 125, 
1212 AA Hilversum

The Netherlands

100

Content Practice

1220 N. Market Street, Suite 
850 Wilmington, County of 
New Castle, Delaware 19801

United States 
of America

100

Content Practice

The Monastery LLC 
(Previously MediaMonks 
Films LLC)

1220 N. Market Street, Suite 
850 Wilmington, County of 
New Castle, Delaware 19801

United States 
of America

100

Content Practice

MediaMonks London Ltd.

42 St John St, London

United Kingdom 100

Content Practice

MediaMonks Singapore 
Pte Ltd.

Made.for.Digital Pte Ltd.

MediaMonks Mexico City S. 
de R.L. de C.V.

60 Paya Lebar Road  
#08 43 Paya Lebar Square, 
Singapore 409051

198A Telok Qyer Street, 
Singapore 068637

Amsterdam 271 Int 203, 
Colonia Hipodromo, 
Delegación Cuauhtemoc, CP 
06100 CDMX

Singapore

100

Content Practice

Singapore

100

Content Practice

Mexico

100

Content Practice

128

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Name of entity

Address of the registered office

MediaMonks FZ–LLC

Dubai Media City Building 
5, Office 205 PO Box No. 
502921 Dubai, U.A.E.

Place of business/ 
Country of 
incorporation

United Arab 
Emirates

Ownership 
interest

Principal activity

100

Content Practice

MediaMonks Hong Kong Ltd. Unit 3203–4, No. 69 Jervois 

Hong Kong

100

Holding Company

Street, Sheung Wan, 
Hong Kong

MediaMonks Information 
Technology (Shanghai) 
Co. Ltd.

9 Donghu Road, 18th floor, 
Xuhui District, 200031, 
Shanghai

P.R. China

100

Content Practice

MediaMonks Stockholm AB Norrlandsgatan 18, 

Sweden

100

Content Practice

11143 Stockholm

MediaMonks Buenos 
Aires SRL

Tucumán 1, 4th Floor, 
Buenos Aires

MediaMonks Sao Paolo 
Serv. De Internet para 
Publicidade Ltda.

Rua Fidalga 162, Vila 
Madalena 05432–000,  
Sao Paulo

Argentina

100

Content Practice

Brazil

100

Content Practice

South Africa

100

Content Practice

India

100

Content Practice

Republic of Korea 100

Content Practice

Japan

100

Content Practice

The Netherlands

100

Content Practice

Wanderers Office Park, 
52 Corlett Drive, Illovo 
Johannesburg

Flat No. 402, Paras Pearl, 
No. 161, Greenglen Layout, 
Sarjapur Outer Ring Rd, 
Bellandur, Bangalore 0 
560037, Karnataka

7021 Register 03, 7F, Tower 
1, Gran Seoul, 33 Jong0ro, 
Jongnogu Seoul, Zip 03159

1–6–5 Jinnan, Shibuya Ku, 
Tokyo 150–0041

Oostelijke Handelskade 637, 
1019 BW Amsterdam

874 Walker Road, Suite 
C, Dover, County of Kent, 
DE 19904

United States 
of America

100

Content Practice

Prinsengracht 581, 1016 HT, 
Amsterdam

The Netherlands

100

Content Practice

MediaMonks Cape Town 
Pty Ltd.

M–Monks Digital Media 
Pte Ltd.

MediaMonks Seoul Yuhan 
Chaekim Hoesa

MediaMonks Tokyo GK

Superhero Cheesecake BV

Superhero Cheesecake Inc.

IMAgency BV

IMAgency USA Inc.

MightyHive Inc.

874 Walker Road, Suite 
C, Dover County of Kent, 
DE 19904

United States 
of America

850 New Burton Road, Suite 
201, Dover, Delaware 19904

United States 
of America

MightyHive SG Ptd Ltd.

71 Robinson Road, Level 14 
#14–01, Singapore, 068895

Singapore

100

Content Practice

100

100

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

129

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Name of entity

MightyHive Ltd.

MightyHive AU Pty Ltd.

MightyHive Holdings Ltd.

MightyHive KK

MightyHive Hong Kong Ltd.

PT Mighty Hive Indonesia

MightyHive India Pvt Ltd.

MightyHive NZ Ltd.

Address of the registered office

The Pinnacle, 160 Midsummer 
Boulevard, Milton Keynes 
MK9 1FF

Place of business/ 
Country of 
incorporation

Ownership 
interest

United Kingdom 100

383 George Street, Level 2, 
Sydney, NSW 2000

Australia

394 Pacific Avenue, Floor 5, 
San Francisco, CA 94111

Canada

1 Chome 11–1, 
Nishiikebukuro, Toshima-ku, 
Tokyo, 171–0021

Japan

100

100

100

47/F Central Plaza, 18 
Harbour Road Wanchhai 
Hong Kong

Level 23 Revenue Tower, 
SCBD, Jl. Jendrai Sudirman 
No. 52–53, Jakarta 12190

Shop No.2, Ram Niwas CHS 
Ltd., Ranchod Das Road, 
Dahisar West, Mumbai 
400068, Maharashtra

William Buck (NZ) Ltd, Level 
4 Zurich House, 21 Queen 
Street, Auckland, 1010, NZ

Hong Kong

100

Indonesia

100

India

100

New Zealand

100

MightyHive SRL

Milano (MI) Via Marco Polo 11 
CAP 20124

Italy

Progmedia Consultoria Ltda Rua Gomes de Carvalho, 

Brazil

100

100

Progmedia Argentina SAS

Conversion Works Ltd.

nº 1.356, set 76C, Vila 
Olímpia, CEP 04547–005, 
São Paulo/ SP

Ortiz de Ocampo 3302 
Building 1, 1st floor Office 
No. 7, City of Buenos Aires

Unit 6 Windsor Business 
Centre, Vansittart Estate, 
Windsor, Berkshire, 
England SL4 1SP

Argentina

100

United Kingdom 100

Principal activity

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

MediaMonks US Holdco Inc. 850 New Burton Road, Suite 
201, City of Dover, Country of 
Kent, Delaware 19904

United States 
of America

Firewood Marketing Inc.

850 New Burton Road Suite 
201, City of Dover, County of 
Kent, Delaware 19904

United States 
of America

100

Holding Company

100

Content Practice

Firewood Marketing Mexico 
S. de R.L. de C.V.

Via Gustavo Baz No. 2160, 
Edificio 3, 1er. Piso Conjunto 
Corporativo Tlalnepantla

Mexico

100

Content Practice

130

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Name of entity

Address of the registered office

Firewood Marketing 
Ireland Ltd.

3rd Floor Ulysses House, 
Foley Street, Dublin 1

S4Capital Australia Holdings 
Pty Ltd. (Previously 
MediaMonks Australia 
Holding Pty Ltd.)

MediaMonks Australia 
Pty Ltd.

MediaMonks Toronto Ltd.

Circus Network Holding, 
S.A.P.I. DE C.V.

Circus BA S.A.

c/- MinterEllison, Level 3, 25 
National Circuit Forrest ACT 
2603

209 Cecil St 
South Melbourne VIC 3205, 
Australia

Suite 1800 – 510 West 
Georgia Street 
Vancouver BC V6B 0M3

Av. Paseo de la Reforma No. 
296, Int. 37, Colonia Juarez, 
Alcaldía Cuauhtemoc, 06600, 
Mexico City

Superi 1466, Ciudad De 
Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires 
City, 142

Place of business/ 
Country of 
incorporation

Ownership 
interest

Principal activity

Ireland

100

Content Practice

Australia

100

Holding Company

Australia

100

Content Practice

Canada

100

Content Practice

Mexico

100

Holding Company

Argentina

100

Content Practice

Circus Marketing Europa S.L. Plaza de la Lealtad 2 – 4ª 

Spain

100

Content Practice

Bluetide, S.A.P.I DE C.V.

Circus Marketing DF, S.A.P.I 
DE C.V

Tableau, S. DE R.L. DE C.V. 

Circus Colombia, S.A.S

Circus Network Servicos De 
Marketing Eireli

Jeronimo Holdings LLC

Circus US LLC

Circus LAX LLC 

Planta, 28014 Madrid 

Av. Paseo de la Reforma No. 
296, Int. 37, Colonia Juarez, 
Alcaldía Cuauhtemoc, 06600, 
Mexico City

Av. Paseo de la Reforma No. 
296, Int. 37, Colonia Juarez, 
Alcaldía Cuauhtemoc, 06600, 
Mexico City.

Av. Paseo de la Reforma No. 
296, Int. 37, Colonia Juarez, 
Alcaldía Cuauhtemoc, 06600, 
Mexico City.

CALLE 98 22 64 OF 818, 
BOGOTA, D.C.

Av Angelica, 2223, Conj 11P, 
Santa Cecilia, Sao Paulo, SP, 
CEP 01227–903

3500 S Dupont Hwy, Dover, 
Kent, DE 19901

3500 S Dupont Hwy, Dover, 
Kent, DE 19901

3500 S Dupont Hwy, Dover, 
Kent, DE 19901

Mexico

100

Content Practice

Mexico

100

Holding Company

Mexico

100

Content Practice

Colombia

100

Content Practice

Brazil

100

Content Practice

Delaware

100

Holding Company

Delaware

100

Holding Company

Delaware

100

Holding Company

131

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Name of entity

Address of the registered office

MediaMonks 
Kazakhstan LLP

010000, Nur-Sultan, Saryarka 
district, Saryarka avenue, 
building 6, room 1

Place of business/ 
Country of 
incorporation

Republic of 
Kazakhstan

Ownership 
interest

Principal activity

100

Content Practice

MediaMonks Russia LLC

109012, Moscow, Maly 
Cherkassky pereulok, 2, floor 
2, premises XIII, room 3B

Russian 
Federation

100

Content Practice

S4Capital South America 
Holdings Ltd.

3rd Floor, 44 Esplanade 
St Helier, Jersey 

Jersey

100

Holding Company

S4Capital UK Holdings Ltd.

Firewood Marketing UK Ltd.

Digodat SA

Flying Nimbus SAS

Digocloud SAS

Digosoft SRL de CV

Digolab SPA

Brightblue Consulting Ltd.

Brightblue Holdings Ltd.

S4Capital France 
Holdings SAS

Rewinda SAS

Darewin SAS

S4Capital Germany 
Holdings GmbH

S4Capital APAC 
Holdings Ltd.

3rd Floor, 44 Esplanade  
St Helier, Jersey

12 St. James’s Place, 
London, United Kingdom, 
SW1A 1NX

Vallejos 4138 dtpo 4 
CP1419 CABA

Mariscal Antonio José de 
Sucre 3063 CP 1428

CR 11 NO. 94 A 25 OF 
201 Bogotá

Goldsmith 40, ofna 9, Colonia 
Polanco, Delegación Miguel 
Hidalgo, Ciudad de México, 
CP 11550

La Capitanía nro 80, Bloque 
Of Dpto 108 Las Condes, 
Santiago

9 Appold Street, London, 
EC2A 2AP

9 Appold Street, London, 
EC2A 2AP

43–47 avenue de la Grande 
Armee, 75116 Paris

5 rue Rebeval, Appt 50, 
75019 Paris

36 Boulevard de Sebastopol, 
75004 Paris

Brienner StraBe 28, 80333 
Munchen

3rd Floor, 44 Esplanade  
St Helier, Jersey

Jersey

100

Holding Company

United Kingdom 100

Content Practice

Argentina

Argentina

Colombia

Mexico

100

100

100

100

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Chile

100

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

United Kingdom 100

Content Practice

United Kingdom 100

Holding Company 

France

100

Holding Company 

France

100

Content Practice

France

100

Content Practice

Germany

100

Holding Company

Jersey

100

Holding Company

S4Capital Investment Pte 
Ltd.

69 Neil Road, Singapore 
088899

Singapore

100

Holding Company

132

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Name of entity

Lens10 Pty Ltd.

Address of the registered office

Level 5, 249–251 Pitt Street, 
Sydney NSW 2000

Place of business/ 
Country of 
incorporation

Ownership 
interest

Australia

100

MightyHive Korea Co. Ltd.

3F, 166, Toegye-ro, 
Jung-gu, Seoul

Republic of Korea 100

Principal activity

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Decoded US Holdco Inc.

850 New Burton Road, Suite 
201, Dover, Delaware 19904

United States 
of America

100

Holding Company

Decoded Advanced 
Media LLC

32 Old Slip, Suite 705, New 
York, NY, 10005 

United States 
of America

100

Content Practice

Decoded Advertising LLC

32 Old Slip, Suite 705, New 
York, NY, 10005 

United States 
of America

100

Content Practice

Decoded Intelligence LLC

32 Old Slip, Suite 705, New 
York, NY, 10005 

United States 
of America

100

Content Practice

Decoded Advertising UK Ltd.  Mercer & Hole, 21 Lombard 

United Kingdom 100

Content Practice

Street, London, EC3V 9AH

Metric US Holdco Inc.

850 New Burton Road, Suite 
201, Dover, Delaware 19904

United States 
of America

100

Holding Company

Metric Theory LLC

Orca Pacific Manufacturers 
Representatives LLC

Orca US Holdco Inc.

Made.for.Digital Inc.

MightyHive AB

MediaMonks 
Germany GmbH

311 California Street, 2nd 
Floor, San Francisco, CA 
94104

1100 Dexter Avenue North, 
Suite 200, Seattle,  
WA 98109–3598

1100 Dexter Avenue North, 
Suite 200, Seattle, WA 
98109-3598

874 Walker Road, Suite 
C, County of Kent, Dover, 
Delaware, 19904

Norrlandsgatan 18, 111 47 
Stockholm

Brienner StraBe 28, 80333 
Munchen

United States 
of America

United States 
of America

United States 
of America

United States 
of America

100

100

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

100

Holding Company

100

Content Practice

Sweden

100

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

Germany

100

Content Practice

MightyHive Germany GmbH Brienner StraBe 28, 80333 

Germany

100

Munchen

Data & Digital 
Media Practice

MediaMonks Qatar 
Holding BV

Oude Amersfoortseweg 125, 
1212 AA Hilversum

The Netherlands

100

Holding Company

MediaMonks Arabian 
Company for Media 
Production LLC

Riyadh 11437

Kingdom of 
Saudi Arabia

100

Content Practice

133

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

15. Other receivables
The other receivables consist mainly of non-current rent deposits..

16. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Prepayments

Accrued income1

Other receivables

Total

Note:

31 Dec 2020 
£000

31 Dec 2019 
£000

159,598

119,632

4,555

12,934

4,304

2,073

3,790

858

181,391

126,353

1.  The accrued income as at 31 December 2019 has been fully recognised in the results of 2020

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime 
expected loss allowance for all trade receivables.

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables and contract assets have been grouped based on 
shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. The expected loss rates are based on the payment 
profiles of sales over a period of 36 months before the end of the period and the corresponding historical credit 
losses experienced within this period. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current- and forward-looking 
information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables. On that basis, 
the loss allowance for trade receivables is determined as follows:

Gross trade 
receivables
£000

Impairment 
provision
£000

Net trade 
receivables
£000

0.20–0.25%

126,323

0.40–0.50%

25,047

0.60–1.00%

0.80–2.00%

1.00–7.50%

up to 100%

3,666

1,999

3,307

2,618

162,960

287

120

32

30

279

2,614

3,362

126,036

24,927

3,634

1,969

3,028

4

159,598

Gross trade 
receivables
£000

Impairment 
provision
£000

Net trade 
receivables
£000

0.20–0.25%

0.40–0.50%

0.60–1.00%

0.80–2.00%

1.00–7.50%

up to 100%

75,784

25,139

11,659

3,968

3,481

1,046

121,077

152

101

70

32

44

1,046

1,445

75,632

25,038

11,589

3,936

3,437

–

119,632

Trade receivables

Not passed due

Past due one day to 30 days

Past due 31 days to 60 days

Past due 61 days to 90 days

Past due more than 90 days

Individual debtors in default

Balance at 31 December 2020

Trade receivables

Not passed due

Past due one day to 30 days

Past due 31 days to 60 days

Past due 61 days to 90 days

Past due more than 90 days

Individual debtors in default

Balance at 31 December 2019

134

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Trade receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no 
reasonable expectation of recovery include, amongst others, the failure of a debtor to engage in a repayment plan 
with S4Capital Group. The changes in the loss allowance for trade receivables is as follows:

Balance at the beginning of the year

Acquired through business combinations

Utilised during the period

Charge for the year

Balance as at the end of the year

2020 
£000

1,445

–

(467)

2,384

3,362

2019 
£000

1,234

125

(562)

648

1,445

Due to the short-term nature of the trade and other receivables, their carrying amount is considered to be the same 
as their fair value.

Information about the Group’s exposure to credit risk, foreign currency risk and interest rate risk can be found in 
Note 5. 
S4Capital Group has pledged the assets of its material companies as security for a facility agreement. See Note 18 
Loans and borrowings for further information.

17.  Cash and cash equivalents
The cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2020 included escrow accounts of £9.1 million (2019: £5.0 million). 
In addition to the escrow accounts, the balance includes restricted cash of £1.2 million (2019: £0.7 million) which is 
a guarantee for rent obligations.

18. Loans and borrowings

Balance at 1 January 2019

Additions

Repayments

Charged to profit or loss

Exchange rate differences

Total transactions during the year

Principal amount

Accumulated repayments

Accumulated charges to profit or loss

Balance at 31 December 2019

Additions

Acquired through business combinations

Repayments

Charged to profit-or-loss

Exchange rate differences

Total transactions during the year

Principal amount

Accumulated repayments

Accumulated charges to profit-or-loss

Balance at 31 December 2020

Bank loans
£000

Transaction 
costs
£000

46,516

22,418

(24,119)

–

(1,600)

(3,301)

67,334

(24,119)

–

43,215

45,623

1,958

–

–

489

48,070

93,083

(1,798)

–

91,285

Total
£000

45,638

22,213

(24,119)

208

 (1,566)

(3,264)

66,200

(878)

(205)

–

208

34

37

(1,134)

–

 (24,119)

293

(841)

(244)

–

–

286

(45)

(3)

(1,442)

–

598

(844)

 293

42,374

45,379

1,958

–

286

444

48,067

91,641

(1,798)

598

90,441

135

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

As of 6 July 2018, S4Capital Group signed a facility agreement, consisting of:

 A a EUR 25.0 million term loan facilities;

 A a USD 28.9 million term loan facility; and

 A a multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) of EUR 35 million, of which at the end of the reporting period 

EUR 10 million (2019 nil) is drawn.

The duration of the facility agreement is five years; therefore, the termination date of the facility agreement is July 
2023. The S4Capital Group shall repay each of the loans in full on the termination date. 
As of 15 July 2020, S4Capital Group signed an additional facility agreement, consisting of a multicurrency 
Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) of EUR 43.5 million, of which at the end of the reporting period USD 50 million 
is drawn. 

The duration of the facility agreement is three years; therefore, the termination date of the facility agreement is July 
2023. The S4Capital Group shall repay each of the loans in full on the termination date. 

The interest of the facilities is the aggregate of the variable interest rate (LIBOR or, in relation to any loan in euro, 
EURIBOR) and a margin based on leverage (between 1.25% and 3.75%). During the reporting period, the average 
carried interest rate of the outstanding loans amounts 1.42% (2019: 2.92%). The average effective interest 
rate for the outstanding loans is 1.38% (2019: 2.84%) and during the period interest expense of £1.1 million 
(2019: £2.0 million) was recognised.

The bank loans impose certain covenants on the Group. The loan agreement states that (subject to certain 
exceptions) the S4Capital Group will not provide any other security over its assets and receivables and will ensure 
that the following financial ratios, measured at the end of any relevant period of 12 months ending each semi-
annual date in a financial year commencing on 30 June 2019, are met:

 A net debt will not exceed 300% of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation; and

 A net finance charges will not exceed 300% of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation.
During the year S4Capital Group complied with the covenants set in the loan agreement.

19. Leases

Right-of-use assets

Balance at 1 January 2019

Acquired through business combinations

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Exchange rate differences

At 31 December 2020

Acquired through business combinations

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Exchange rate differences

Balance at 31 December 2020

136

Total
 £000

14,042

6,013

14,366

(86)

(7,713)

(843)

25,779

847

5,013

(867)

(9,639)

520

21,653

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Lease liabilities

Balance at 1 January 2019

Acquired through business combinations

Additions

Disposals

Payment of lease liabilities and interest

Exchange rate differences

Balance at 31 December 2019

Non-current lease liabilities

Current lease liabilities

Balance at 31 December 2019

Acquired through business combinations

Additions

Disposals

Payment of lease liabilities and interest

Charge to the income statement

Exchange rate differences

Balance at 31 December 2020

Non-current lease liabilities

Current lease liabilities

Balance at 31 December 2020

The lease liabilities and right of use assets mostly relate to rental contracts of offices.

20. Trade and other payables

Non-current

Other accruals

Total

Current

Trade payables

Accruals

Deferred income1

Total

Note:

1.  The deferred income as at 31 December 2019 has been fully recognised in the results of 2020.

Current tax liabilities

Income taxes

Sales taxes

Wage taxes and social security contributions

Total

Total
 £000

13,847

6,257

13,911

(83)

(6,687)

(483)

26,762

18,787

7,975

26,762

846

4,897

(756)

(9,837)

969

108

22,989

15,942

7,047

22,989

31 Dec 2020 
£000

31 Dec 2019 
£000

1,941

1,941

2,007

2,007

31 Dec 2020 
£000

31 Dec 20119 
£000

127,344

34,010

29,771

88,986

14,447

14,581

191,125

118,014

31 Dec 2020 
£000

31 Dec 2019 
£000

5,874

1,008

5,598

12,480

2,724

1,056

2,971

6,751

137

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

21. Equity
A.  Share capital
The authorised share capital of S4Capital plc contain an unlimited number of Ordinary Shares having a nominal 
value of £0.25 per Ordinary Share. At the end of the reporting period, the issued and paid up share capital of 
S4Capital plc consisted of 542,065,458 (2019: 469,227,259) Ordinary Shares having a nominal value of £0.25 per 
Ordinary Share.
The changes in issued share capital, share premium, merger reserves and treasury shares of S4Capital plc (formerly 
Derriston Capital plc) is summarised in the consolidated statement of changes in equity on page 104.
19 April 2019 // S4Capital issued 0.6 million shares at a price of 141 pence per share in relation of the acquisition 
of Progmedia.
9 August 2019 // S4Capital issued 0.8 million shares at a price of 153 pence per share in relation of the acquisition 
of IMAgency.
22 October 2019 // S4Capital issued 1.0 million shares at a price of 147 pence per share in relation of the 
acquisition of Conversion Works.
25 October 2019 // S4Capital issued 0.8 million shares at a price of 142 pence per share in relation of the 
acquisition of Datalicious.
25 October 2019 // S4Capital Group raised funds through the issuance of 70.4 million shares at a price of 142 
pence per share for the acquisition of the entire issued share capital of Firewood Marketing Inc. The consideration 
for Firewood was satisfied by a cash payment of £42.7 million together with an issuance of 30.7 million shares in 
the Company at a price of 142 pence per share.
20 December 2019 // S4Capital issued 0.8 million shares at a price of 185 pence per share in relation of the 
acquisition of BizTech.
Employee stock options // During 2019 S4Capital issued 0.5 million shares regarding employee stock option plans.
12 March 2020 // S4Capital issued 10.4 million shares at a price of 186 pence per share in relation of the 
acquisition of Circus.
16 April 2020 // S4Capital issued 1.0 million shares at a price of 25 pence per share in relation of the acquisition 
of Circus.
24 April 2020 // S4Capital issued 1.0 million shares at a price of 148 pence per share in relation of the acquisition 
of Conversionworks.
19 May 2020 // S4Capital issued 6.5 million shares at a price of 171 pence per share in relation of the acquisition 
of Firewood.
11 June 2020 // S4Capital issued 0.6 million shares at a price of 241 pence per share in relation of the acquisition 
of Progmedia.
21 June 2020 // S4Capital issued 0.2 million shares at a price of 369 pence per share in relation of the acquisition 
of BizTech Russia & Kazakhstan.
24 June 2020 // S4Capital issued 0.8 million shares at a price of 234 pence per share in relation of the acquisition 
of IMAgency.
17 July 2020 // S4Capital issued 1.1 million shares at a price of 200 pence per share in relation of the acquisition 
of Digodat.
16 July 2020 // S4Capital Group announced the placing of 36,766,642 new ordinary shares at 315p, which 
represented a small premium to the then market price and raised approximately £113 million net proceeds, which 
will be used for further expansion, principally business combinations.
31 July 2020 // S4Capitalissued 0.5 million shares at a price of 152 pence per share in relation of the acquisition 
of Datalicious.
3 September 2020 // S4Capital issued 0.5 million shares at a price of 344 pence per share in relation of the 
acquisition of BrightBlue.

138

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 202010 September 2020 // S4Capital issued 0.6 million shares at a price of 198 pence per share in relation of the 
acquisition of WhiteBalance.
29 September 2020 // S4Capital issued 1.0 million shares at a price of 377 pence per share in relation of the 
acquisition of Dare.Win
2 October 2020 // S4Capital issued 1.0 million shares at a price of 316 pence per share in relation of the acquisition 
of Lens 10.
3 November 2020 // S4Capital issued 0.6 million shares at a price of 389 pence per share in relation of the 
acquisition of OrcaPacific.
12 November 2020 // S4Capital issued 0.5 million shares at a price of 369 pence per share in relation of the 
acquisition of BizTech.
31 December 2020 // S4Capital issued 7.4 million shares at a price of 494 pence per share in relation of the 
acquisition of Metric Theory.
Employee stock options // During 2020 S4Capital issued 1.3 million shares regarding employee stock option plans.

The share premium is net of costs directly relating to the issuance of shares. In accordance with section 612 of the 
Companies Act 2006, merger relief has been applied on share for share exchanges. During the reporting period, an 
amount of £2.6 million (2019: £2.6 million) of transaction costs have been accounted for as a deduction from equity.

B.  Reserves
The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:

Share premium

Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value less transaction 
costs (cash).

Merger reserves by 
merger relief

Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value less transaction 
costs as required by merger relief (shares).

Other reserves

Other reserves include treasury shares issued in the name of S4Capital group to an 
employee benefit trust, EBT pool C, MightyHive and the deferred consideration of 
Decoded Advertising.

Foreign exchange reserves

Legal reserve for foreign exchange translation gains and losses on the 
translation of the financial statements of a subsidiary from the functional to the 
presentation currency.

Accumulated losses

Accumulated losses represents the net loss for the year and all other net 
gains and losses and transactions with shareowners (example dividends) not 
recognised elsewhere.

C.  Non-controlling interest
On 24 May 2018, non-controlling interests arose as a result of the issuance of 4,000 A2 incentive shares by 
S4Capital 2 Ltd subscribed at fair value for £0.1 million. In 2018, the A2 incentive shares were paid in full.
On 2 December 2019 the Board of S4Capital approved the issuance of 2,000 options over A1 incentive shares by 
S4Capital 2 Ltd subscribed at an exercise price of £50 thousand.
The incentive shares provide a financial reward to executives of S4Capital Group for delivering shareowner value, 
conditional on achieving a preferred rate of return. The incentive shares entitle the holders, subject to certain 
vesting criteria and leaver provisions, up to 15%, of the growth in value of S4Capital 2 Ltd provided that certain 
performance conditions have been met.

139

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

22. Share-based compensation
As per 31 December 2020, a total number of 14,490,167 (31 December 2019 14,981,383) shares are held by the 
Equity Benefit Trust (EBT). The EBT will be used for future option schemes and bonus shares for employees.

Awards movement during the reporting period

Outstanding at 1 January 2019

Granted

Vested

Lapsed

Outstanding at 31 December 2019

Granted

Vested

Lapsed

Discretionary 
incentive plan
£000

Restricted 
stock units
£000

All-employee 
incentive  
plan
£000

A1 Incentive 
Share  
options
£000

–

6,790

–

(220)

6,570

4,580

(345)

(188)

8,952

3,404

(795)

(562)

10,999

314

(2,577)

(594)

8,142

–

874

–

–

874

27

(53)

(46)

802

–

2

–

–

2

–

–

–

2

Total
£000

8,952

11,070

(795)

(782)

18,445

4,921

(2,975)

(828)

19,563

5,494

Outstanding at 31 December 2020

10,617

Exercisable at 31 December 2020

418

4,292

784

Discretionary incentive plans
In 2019, the S4Capital Group Board approved employee option schemes for key employees of 6,790,180 options 
over S4Capital ordinary shares with an average exercise price of nil pence and a maximum term of six years. 
During 2020 an additional 4,579,832 has been approved by the Board with an exercise price in the range between 
nil and 142 pence. In accordance with IFRS 2, the Group recognises share-based payment charges from the date 
of granting the option plans until the vesting of the option plans. Vesting of the options are subject to S4Capital 
Group achieving year on year business performance targets and options holders achieving personnel performance 
targets with continued employment. During 2020 344,616 (2019: nil) options vested. 

During 2020 a total charge of £3.4 million (2019: £0.5 million) is recognised in relation to the Discretionary 
incentive plan.

Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)
In December 2018, the S4Capital Group Board approved an employee option scheme of 8,952,610 RSUs over 
S4Capital ordinary shares. During 2019 another 3,404,458 RSUs were approved with an average exercise price of 
nil pence and a maximum term of four years. During 2020 another 313,594 RSUs were approved with an average 
exercise price of nil pence and a maximum term of four years. In accordance with IFRS 2, the Group recognises a 
share-based payment charge from grand date until vesting date in relation to this option plan. Vesting of the RSUs 
are subject to continued employment. During the reporting period a total of 2,577,833 shares (2019: 795,351) were 
distributed to employees with an average exercise price of nil pence. 

During 2020 a total charge of £1.4 million (2019: £2.7 million) is recognised in relation to the RSU plan.

All-employee incentive plan
In 2019, the S4Capital Group Board approved an employee option scheme of 873,500 options, with an average 
exercise price of nil pence, over S4Capital Ordinary Shares for all employees employed by the S4Capital Group 
at 30 November 2018. Based on the number of years of service at MediaMonks Group all employees received a 
set amount of options over S4Capital Ordinary Shares. In accordance with IFRS 2, the Group recognises a share-
based payment charge from January 2019 until vesting date in relation to this option plan. Vesting of the options 
are subject to continued employment. The options have all vested on 30 November 2020 and will be settled from 
EBT pool A.

During 2020 £0.4 million in costs (2019: £0.4 million) were recognised in relation to the all-employee incentive plan.

140

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020A1 incentive share options
In 2019, the S4Capital Group Board approved 2,000 options over A1 incentive shares in S4Capital 2 Ltd to senior 
management. In accordance with IFRS 2, the Group recognises share-based payment charges from the date of 
granting the option plans till the moment of vesting of the option plans. During 2020 a total charge of £7.1 million 
(2019: £3.6 million) is recognised in relation to the A1 incentive share options. Full disclosure of these options is 
contained within the Remuneration Report on page 70.

A2 incentive shares
As of 2018, 4,000 A2 incentive shares in S4Capital 2 Ltd are held by senior management. Full disclosure of these 
shares is contained within the Remuneration Report on page 70.

23. Dividends
Up to the date of approval of these annual accounts and in 2020 and 2019, no dividends were paid or proposed by 
S4Capital plc to its shareowners.

24. Related party transactions
Details of compensation for key management personnel are disclosed on pages 70 to 86. S4Capital Group did not 
have any other related party transactions during the financial year (2019: nil).

25. Reconciliation to non-GAAP measures of performance
Management include non-GAAP measures as they consider these measures to be both useful and necessary. 
They are used by management for internal performance analyses. The presentation of these measures facilitates 
comparability with other companies, although management’s measures may not be calculated in the same way 
as similarly titled measures reported by other companies; and these measures are useful in connection with 
discussions with the investment community.

January to December 2020

Operating profit

Net finance expenses

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

(Loss) profit for the year

Notes:

Reported
£000

Amortisation1
£000

Acquisition 
and set-up 
related
expenses2
£000

Share-based 
compensation
£000

23,148

14,338

12,331

8,133

(5,037)

3,096

(7,025)

(3,929)

–

23,148

(5,758)

17,390

–

14,338

(1,238)

13,100

Adjusted
£000

57,950

(5,037)

52,913

–

12,331

–

(14,021)

12,331

38,892

1.   Amortisation relates to the amortisation of certain intangible assets recognised as a result of the acquisitions.

2.   Acquisition and set-up related expenses relate to acquisition related bonuses of £2.2 million, transaction related advisory fees of £13.6 million and a remeasurement gain 

for contingent consideration of £1.5 million.

January to December 2019

Operating (loss) profit

Net finance expenses

(Loss) profit before income tax

Income tax credit / (expense)

(Loss) profit for the year

Notes:

Reported
£000

Amortisation1
£000

Acquisition 
and set-up 
related
expenses2
£000

15,000

12,806

(3,835)

(5,360)

(9,195)

(845)

–

15,000

(3,893)

(10,040)

11,107

–

12,806

(2,064)

10,742

Adjusted
£000

7,177

–

7,177

–

7,177

Adjusted
£000

31,148

(5,360)

25,788

(6,802)

18,986

1.   Amortisation relates to the amortisation of certain intangible assets recognised as a result of the acquisitions.

2.   Acquisition and set-up related expenses relate to acquisition related bonuses of £7.2 million and transaction related advisory fees of £5.7 million.

141

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Reconciliation to adjusted operational EBITDA

Operating profit (loss)

Amortisation of intangible assets

Acquisition and set-up related expenses

Share-based compensation

Depreciation property, plant and equipment1

Adjusted operating EBITDA

1.  Depreciation property, plant and equipment is exclusive of depreciation on right-of-use assets

Billings

Revenue

Pass-through expenses

Billings1

1.  Billings is gross billings to client including pass-through expenses.

Weighted average number of shares in issue

Adjusted net result attributable to equity of owners of the Company (£1,000)

Adjusted basic net result per share (pence)

Adjusted operating EBITDA

2020
£000

8,133

23,148

14,338

12,331

4,228

62,178

2020 
£000

342,687

310,713

653,400

2019 
£000

(3,835)

15,000

12,806

7,177

2,260

33,408

2019 
£000

215,132

240,648

455,780

2020 

2019 

493,290,974

368,067,622

38,892

7.9

62,178

18,986

5.2

33,408

26. Unrecognised items
A.  Capital commitments
Capital commitments represents capital expenditure contracted for at the end of the reporting period but not yet incurred 
at the period end. At 31 December 2020, S4Capital Group has no capital commitments outstanding (2019: £1.6 million).

27. Events occurring after the reporting period
For all business combinations occurring after the reporting period the purchase price allocation has not been 
finalised yet. 
On 11 January 2021, S4Capital plc announced that TOMORROW, an award-winning Shanghai-based creative agency, 
combined with MediaMonks, S4Capital’s Content Practice. The combination expands MediaMonks’ existing capabilities 
and presence in China, the world’s second largest advertising market. 
On 20 January 2021, S4Capital plc announced a combination with Staud Studios, a German high-end creative 
production studio specialising in the automotive industry. Pursuant to the terms of the Transaction, we have agreed 
to issue 661,927 ordinary shares of 25 pence each in the capital of the Company, credited as fully paid, as initial 
consideration. The Initial Consideration Shares will be subject to a restriction on sale until 22 January 2023. 
On 1 February 2021, S4Capital plc announced that MightyHive has acquired the assets of Datalicious, a leading Google 
Marketing Platform, Google Cloud and Google Analytics partner in Asia Pacific. Datalicious is a specialised data and 
analytics consultancy, helping marketers make sense of their data. Datalicious tracks and analyses customer interactions 
across multiple marketing channels, so clients can drive the most impact from their marketing dollars and create targeted 
and personalised customer experiences and staff and clients in the financial services, telecommunications and media 
industries will become part of S4Capital’s expanding Data and Digital media practice at MightyHive. 
On 25 March 2021, S4Capital plc announced that it has entered into a conditional agreement in relation to a combination 
of MediaMonks with highly awarded design and experience agency, Jam3, based in Toronto with offices in Amsterdam, 
Los Angeles and Uruguay. The transaction was completed on 1 May  2021.
On 4 May 2021, S4Capital plc announced a combination of Racoon Group, a leading digital performance agency in 
Brazil, with MightyHive, which significantly expands the capabilities of its Data & Digital Media presence in Latin America.

142

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Company balance sheet
At 31 December 2020

Assets

Fixed assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Current assets

  Trade and other receivables

  Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities

Provision for liabilities

Current liabilities

  Trade and other payables

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Attributable to owners of the Company

  Share capital

  Reserves

Total equity

Notes

31 2020 
£000

2019 
£000

1

2

3

4

5

750,103

750,103

503,236

503,236

1,978

560

2,538

1,247

1,919

3,166

752,641

506,402

46

–

3,813

3,813

3,859

2,962

2,962

2,962

748,782

503,440

135,516

613,266

748,782

117,306

386,134

503,440

The Company reported a net loss for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 of £2.9 million 
(2019: £1.9 million loss). 

The financial statements on pages 93 to 148 were approved by the Board of Directors on 7 May 2021 and signed 
on its behalf by: 

Sir Martin Sorrell 
Executive Chairman 

Peter Rademaker
Group Chief Financial Officer

Company’s registered number: 10476913

143

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,920)

(1,920)

(1,920)

(1,920)

–

147,513

7,090

7,274

7,152

503,440

(2,924)

(2,924)

(2,924)

(2,924)

–

–

113,187

121,905

Statement of changes in equity

Equity

Number of 
shares

Share 
capital
£000

Share 
premium
£000

Merger 
reserves
£000

Other 
reserves 
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
£000

Balance at 1 January 2019

363,396,923

90,849

52,871

205,717

(847)

2,104

350,694

Loss for the year

Total comprehensive loss
Transactions with owners 
of the Company

–

–

–

–

–

–

Issue of Ordinary Shares

105,324,634

26,331

121,182

  Employee share schemes

505,702

126

249

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(313)

Balance at 31 December 2019 469,227,259

117,307

174,302

205,717

(1,160)

Loss for the year

Total comprehensive loss
Transactions with owners 
of the Company

–

–

–

–

–

–

Issue of Ordinary Shares

  Business combinations

36,766,642

34,744,022

  Employee share schemes

1,327,535

9,192

8,686

331

103,995

84,564

1,334

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

28,655

(454)

11,963

13,174

Balance at 31 December 2020 542,065,458

135,516

364,195

205,717

27,041

16,313

748,782

144

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 Notes to the company financial statements

A.  General 
The Company financial statements are part of the 2020 financial statements of S4Capital plc. S4Capital plc is 
a listed Company on the London Stock Exchange and has its registered office at 12 St James’s Place, London, 
SW1A 1NX, United Kingdom. S4Capital plc (the ‘Company’) is a holding company for investments active in the 
digital advertising and marketing services space.

B.  Basis of preparation
These financial statements were prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced 
Disclosure Framework (FRS 101) and The Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using FRS 101. 
In preparing these financial statements, the Company applied the recognition, measurement and disclosure 
requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (adopted IFRSs), but makes 
amendments where necessary in order to comply with the Companies Act 2006 and has set out below where 
advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions has been taken.

In these financial statements, the Company has applied the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect of the 
following disclosures:

 A Statement of Cash Flows and related notes

 A disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries

 A disclosures in respect of capital management

 A the effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs

 A disclosures in respect of the compensation of Key Management Personnel.

As the Group Financial Statements (presented on pages 93 to 148) include the equivalent disclosures, the 
Company has also taken the exemptions under FRS 101 available in respect of the following disclosures:

 A IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ in respect of Group settled share-based payments certain disclosures required 
by IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ and the disclosures required by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instrument Disclosures’.

 A No individual profit and loss account is prepared as provided by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. 

C.  UK-adopted international accounting standards
On 31 December 2020, EU-adopted IFRS was brought into UK law and became UK-adopted international 
accounting standards, with future changes to IFRS being subject to endorsement by the UK Endorsement Board. 
The Company Financial Statements will transition to UK-adopted international accounting standards for financial 
periods beginning 1 January 2021.

D.  New and amended standards adopted by the Group
The Group has adopted the amendments to IFRS 3 “Business Combinations” which improve the definition of a 
business. A number of other new standards are also effective from 1 January 2020 but they do not have a material 
effect on the Group’s financial statements

E.  New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 
31 December 2020 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Group. 

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following amendments were in issue but not yet 
adopted by the Group:

 A IFRS 17 ‘insurance contracts, effective for periods, not yet endorsed by the UK Endorsement Board (UKEB).

 A Classification of liabilities as current or non-current (Amendments to IAS 1), not yet endorsed by the UK 

Endorsement Board (UKEB).

 A Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture (Amendments to IFRS 10 

and IAS 28)

These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the Group in the current or future reporting periods 
and on foreseeable future transactions.

145

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the company financial statements continued

F.  Basis of accounting
The Company Financial Statements are prepared under the historical cost convention and on a going concern 
basis, in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. 

The following paragraphs describe the main accounting policies, which have been applied consistently.

Estimates and judgments
The preparation of the Financial Statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires 
management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the 
date of the Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. 
Actual results could differ from those estimates. There are no significant judgments and estimates.

Foreign currencies
Profit and loss account items in foreign currencies are translated into GBP at average rates for the relevant 
accounting periods. Monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the date of the 
Company Balance Sheet. Exchange gains and losses on loans and on short-term foreign currency borrowings and 
deposits are included within net finance expense. Exchange differences on all other foreign currency transactions 
are recognised in operating profit.

Taxation
The current tax payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from reported profit because 
taxable profit excludes items that are either never taxable or tax deductible or items that are taxable or tax 
deductible in a different period. The Company’s current tax assets and liabilities are calculated using tax rates that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between 
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation 
purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available 
against which the asset can be utilised. This requires judgments to be made in respect of the availability of future 
taxable income.

No deferred tax asset or liability is recognised in respect of temporary differences associated with investments in 
subsidiaries and branches where the Company is able to control the timing of reversal of the temporary differences 
and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated using tax rates that are expected to apply in the 
period when the liability is settled or the asset realised based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the reporting date.

Accruals for tax contingencies require management to make judgments of potential exposures in relation to tax 
audit issues. Tax benefits are not recognised unless the tax positions will probably be accepted by the authorities. 
This is based upon management’s interpretation of applicable laws and regulations and the expectation of how the 
tax authority will resolve the matter. Once considered probable of not being accepted, management review each 
material tax benefit and reflects the effect of the uncertainty in determining the related taxable result.

Accruals for tax contingencies are measured using either the most likely amount or the expected value amount 
depending on which method the Company expect to better predict the resolution of the uncertainty.

Investments
Fixed asset investments, including investments in subsidiaries, are stated at cost and reviewed for impairment if 
there are indications that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Share-based payments
The issuance by the Company to employees of its subsidiaries of a grant of awards over the Company’s shares, 
represents additional capital contributions by the Company to its subsidiaries. An additional investment in 
subsidiaries results in a corresponding increase in shareowners’ equity. The additional capital contribution is based 
on the fair value of the grant issued, allocated over the underlying grant’s vesting period, less the market cost of 
shares charged to subsidiaries in settlement of such share awards.

146

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Litigation
Through the normal course of business, the Group is involved in legal disputes the settlement of which may involve 
cost to the Company. Provision is made where an adverse outcome is probable and associated costs can be 
estimated reliably. In other cases, appropriate descriptions are included.

Dividends
Up to the date of approval of these annual accounts and in 2020, 2019, no dividends were paid by S4Capital plc to 
its shareowners.

Employees
The Company had no employees during either year. Details of Directors’ emoluments, which were paid by another 
Group company, are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 70 to 86.

Investments in subsidiaries

1. 
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment.

Balance as at the beginning of the year

Capital contributions

Share-based compensation

Balance as at the end of the year

31 Dec 2020 
£000

31 Dec 2019 
£000

503,236

234,902

11,965

350,455

145,657

7,124

750,103

503,236

The Company directly holds 100% ownership in S4Capital 2 Ltd. The Company indirectly holds 100% ownership 
in the entities as disclosed in Note 14 Subsidiaries of the consolidated financial statements. The investments in 
subsidiaries are assessed annually to determine if there is any indication that any of the investments might be 
impaired. At the end of the reporting period, there was no indication of impairment (2019: nil).

2.  Trade and other receivables

Value added tax

Corporate tax

Trade receivables

Other receivables and prepayments

Total

31 Dec 2020 
£000

31 Dec 2019 
£000

697

669

295

317

718

316

–

213

1,978

1,247

The loss allowance for receivables from subsidiaries is based on the three-stage impairment expected credit loss 
model. No material impairment arose.

3.  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

Total

31 Dec 2020 
£000

31 Dec 2019 
£000

560

560

1,919

1,919

147

4S4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020  Notes to the company financial statements continued

4.  Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Other payables and accruals

Total

31 Dec 2020 
£000

31 Dec 2019 
£000

2,271

1,542

3,813

2,675

287

2,962

5.  Equity
A.  Share capital
The authorised share capital of S4Capital plc contain an unlimited number of Ordinary Shares having a nominal 
value of £0.25 per Ordinary Share. At the end of the reporting period, the issued and paid-up share capital of the 
Company consisted of 542,065,458 (2019: 469,227,259) Ordinary Shares having a nominal value of £0.25 per 
Ordinary Share.

B.  Reserves
The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:

 A Share premium 

Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value (cash).

 A Merger reserves 

 A Other reserves 

 A Retained losses

The share premium is net of costs directly relating to the issuance of shares.

Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value as required by 
merger relief.

Shares issued in the name of S4Capital Group to an employee benefit trust and 
shares issued in the name of S4Capital Group for deferred consideration.

Retained earnings represents the net profit (loss) for the year and all other net 
gains and losses and transactions with shareowners (example dividends) not 
recognised elsewhere.

6.  Related party transactions
Details of compensation for key management personnel are disclosed on pages 70 to 86. The Company did not 
have any other related party transactions during the financial year (2019: nil).

7.  Events occurring after the reporting period
Details of events occurring after the reporting period are disclosed in Note 27 of the consolidated annual accounts.

148

Financial statementsS4Capital Annual Report and Accounts 2020Shareowner information

Advisers and registrars

Principal bankers

Joint brokers

Independent auditors

Solicitor

PR adviser

Registrars

HSBC Bank Plc

Dowgate Capital Limited

Morgan Stanley & Co

Jefferies International Limited

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Travers Smith LLP

Powerscourt Limited

Share Registrars Limited

The Courtyard 
17 West Street 
Farnham 
Surrey 
GU9 7DR

01252 821390

enquiries@shareregistrars.uk.com

Group Company Secretary

Theresa Dadun

ISIN

Ticker

Registered office

Website

GB00BFZZM640

SFOR

12 St James’s Place 
London 
SW1A 1NX

www.s4capital.com

“Also committed  
to the S4Capital  
strategy.”

Ferus Sorrell 
Voted one of the top 
three industry dogs by 
Campaign magazine, 
2020.

Designed and produced by Radley Yeldar www.ry.com 
in association with MediaMonks www.mediamonks.com.

Printed sustainably in the UK by a CarbonNeutral® company with FSC® 
chain of custody and an ISO 14001 certified environmental management 
system recycling over 99% of all dry waste.
© S4Capital plc 2021

www.S4Capital.com

S

4

C

a

p

i

t

a

l

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

0